Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / SPX

SPX

spxc · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker spxc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · SPX
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A N N U A L   R E P O R T

2018S P X   O V E R V I E W

H V A C

Our  HVAC  segment  offers  solutions  for  package 
cooling towers, residential and commercial boilers 
and comfort heating products. Our market leading 
products  and  well-recognized  brands,  coupled 
with  our  commitment  to  continuous  innovation 
and  focus  on  our  customers’  needs,  enable  our 
HVAC cooling and heating businesses to continue 
expanding  our  product  lines  with  commercial, 
industrial and residential customers.

SPX COOLING TECHNOLOGIES

MARLEY® ENGINEERED PRODUCTS

WEIL-MCLAIN®*

WILLIAMSON-THERMOFLO®*

D E T E C T I O N   &   
M E A S U R E M E N T

Our  Detection  &  Measurement  segment  provides 
specialized  underground  location  and  inspection 
equipment, fare collection systems, and commu-
nication  technology.  We  have  market  leading 
brands,  with  scalable  platforms  and  technologies 
that offer value-creating solutions to make people’s 
lives easier and our customers more efficient.

RADIODETECTION

CUES

GENFARE

TCI

FLASH TECHNOLOGY

E N G I N E E R E D 
S O L U T I O N S

Our  Engineered  Solutions  segment  offers  market 
leading  engineered  equipment  for  grid  and  indus-
trial applications. SPX Transformer Solutions offers 
power transformers and services, while our process 
cooling  business  focuses  on  innovative  proprietary 
components and industrial cooling tower solutions.

WAUKESHA® TRANSFORMERS

MARLEY® COOLING TOWERS

* Weil-McLain and Williamson-Thermoflo are 
divisions of the Marley-Wylain Company.

S
T
L
U
S
E
R

/

E
C
N
E
L
L
E
C
X
E

/

K
R
O
W
M
A
E
T

/

Y
T

I

L

I

B
A
T
N
U
O
C
C
A

/

Y
T

I

R
G
E
T
N

I

S
E
U
L
A
V

R
U
O

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$1.4B 

2018 ADJUSTED REVENUE*

23%
Detection &
Measurement  

40%
HVAC 

37%
Engineered
Solutions  

39%
Detection &
Measurement  

$203M

2018 ADJUSTED SEGMENT INCOME*

44%
HVAC 

17%
Engineered
Solutions  

* Adjusted  results  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures 
and exclude, among other items, results of the Heat 
Transfer  and  South  African  operations  categorized 
as  “All  Other”  in  the  company’s  segment  reporting 
structure.  Additionally,  2018  adjusted  segment 
income  also  excludes  acquisition-related  costs. 
Reconciliations  from  US  GAAP  financial  measures 
are available in the Q4 2018 earnings release. 

01

S

T

L

U

S

E

R

/

E

C

N

E

L

L

E

C

X

E

/

K

R

O

W

M

A

E

T

/

Y

T

I

L

I

B

A

T

N

U

O

C

C

A

/

Y

T

I

R

G

E

T

N

I

S

E

U

L

A

V

R

U

O

HVAC

Engineered Solutions

Detection & Measurement

HVAC

Engineered Solutions

Detection & Measurement

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D E A R   F E L L O W 
S H A R E H O L D E R S :

2018 WAS A MILESTONE YEAR FOR SPX. REFLECTING ON THE PAST THREE 
YEARS OF ACCOMPLISHMENTS, WE MORE THAN DOUBLED OUR EARNINGS 
AND  MARGINS,  WHILE  TRANSFORMING  SPX  INTO  A  MUCH  HEALTHIER, 
STRONGER COMPANY.

10

8

Our strong pace of earnings growth continued in 2018, with an increase in adjusted EPS* of 
26%.  We  made  solid  progress  executing  on  our  strategic  initiatives  and  deploying  invest-
ment capital while strengthening our business system and talent management processes.

6

4

2

0

2015

2016

2017

2018

ADJUSTED OPERATING 
INCOME MARGIN*

9.9%

8.6%

7.0%

3.7%

2015

2016

2017

2018

* Non-GAAP financial measure. Reconciliations from US GAAP financial measures are available in the applicable earnings releases dated 2/15/16, 2/23/17, 2/21/18, and 2/14/19, respectively.“ SPX IS THE STRONGEST IT HAS BEEN IN MANY YEARS AND I AM EXCITED ABOUT THE ATTRACTIVE 

OPPORTUNITIES  AHEAD  OF  US.  WE  REMAIN  WELL-POSITIONED  TO  CONTINUE  DOUBLE-DIGIT 

EARNINGS GROWTH AND TO EXECUTE SUCCESSFULLY ON OUR VALUE CREATION FRAMEWORK.”

During 2018, we completed our first two acquisitions in several 
years, with the purchase of Schonstedt Instrument Company 
and  CUES,  Inc.—both  within  our  Detection  &  Measurement 
segment.  The  acquisition  of  Schonstedt  strengthens  our 
global  leadership  position  in  location  equipment  while  the 
acquisition of CUES positions us as a global leader in inspection 
equipment. In early 2019, we also completed the acquisition 
of  Sabik,  which  expands  our  leading  position  in  engineered, 
specialty  lighting  solutions  and  offers  significant  cost  and 
channel synergies. The combination of our numerous organic 
and  inorganic  investments  and  initiatives  has  put  us  well  on 
the  path  to  achieving  our  long-term  earnings  and  cash  flow 
growth targets.

2019 & BEYOND: FOCUSED ON DRIVING INCREASED 
EFFICIENCY AND CONTINUED GROWTH

During 2019 and beyond, we anticipate double-digit earnings 
growth and are targeting free cash flow* conversion of 110% 
or more of adjusted net income.* As we look beyond the hori-
zon,  we  see  attractive  market  dynamics  with  sustainable 
demand drivers and high levels of recurring revenue.

With  much  of  the  initial  work  of  reshaping  our  company 
behind us, in 2019 we are focused on making SPX more effi-
cient  across  the  enterprise,  integrating  recent  acquisitions, 
improving our overall margin profile, and continuing to invest 
our substantial available liquidity for growth, while maintain-
ing a strong balance sheet. 

THE SPX OF TOMORROW

As we look beyond 2019, the prospects for SPX are bright. In 
March  2019,  we  laid  out  our  vision  for  the  company  at  our 
investor  event  in  New  York,  which  included  multiple  value 
creation  drivers.  We  envision  the  SPX  of  tomorrow  having 
greater  scale  with  increased  focus  on  our  fastest-growing 
and highest-margin platforms. 

capital available for deployment to drive value for sharehold-
ers. By investing in initiatives that leverage our core strengths 
as a company, such as new product development, and chan-
nel and brand management, we believe we can further accel-
erate  our  growth.  We  also  continue  to  see  opportunities  for 
attractive  acquisitions  with  strong  synergy  potential  and 
pathways  to  accelerate  earnings  and  cash  flow  growth.  We 
are  committed  to  maintaining  a  prudent  and  efficient  capital 
structure  that  optimizes  value,  and  weighs  opportunities  for 
returning capital to shareholders against growth investments. 

Operationally, we continue to grow stronger, but have oppor-
tunities to progress further by advancing the implementation 
of our business system company-wide. Our business system 
and our talent management program are cornerstones of our 
value  creation  framework.  Our  teams  focus  on  continuous 
improvement  across  all  functions  of  the  organization.  We 
already  see  numerous  successes  from  implementing  these 
processes  in  our  businesses,  and  anticipate  driving  further 
measureable improvements in our profit margins as we con-
tinue to focus on operational efficiencies. 

THE STRONGEST SPX IN YEARS

SPX  is  the  strongest  it  has  been  in  many  years  and  I  am 
excited  about  the  attractive  opportunities  ahead  of  us.  We 
remain  well-positioned  to  continue  double-digit  earnings 
growth in 2019, and for the foreseeable future, as we continue 
to execute successfully on our value creation framework. 

I  would  like  to  thank  the  SPX  team,  which  has  worked  
tirelessly to build a stronger SPX, and you, our shareholders, 
for  your  support  and  encouragement  as  we  continue  on  our 
value creation journey together. 

As  a  result  of  our  solid  earnings  and  strong  free  cash  flow 
conversion,  we  anticipate  continuing  to  have  substantial 

GENE LOWE
President and Chief Executive Officer

* Non-GAAP financial measure.

02

G R O W T H 
S T R A T E G Y

AT SPX, WE FOCUS ON DRIVING GROWTH ACROSS OUR BUSINESSES BOTH 
THROUGH  ORGANIC  AND  INORGANIC  INITIATIVES.  OUR  ORGANIC  PROD-
UCT  INITIATIVES  ALLOW  US  TO  LEVERAGE  OUR  LEADING  BRANDS  AND 
MARKET POSITIONS. OUR DISCIPLINED ACQUISITION APPROACH FOCUSES 
ON INVESTING IN CLOSELY ADJACENT BUSINESSES AND PRODUCT EXTEN-
SIONS IN RELATED NICHE MARKETS. OUR STRONG FREE CASH FLOW AND 
UNDERLYING BUSINESS TRENDS ALLOW US TO ENJOY SUBSTANTIAL CAPI-
TAL FLEXIBILITY TO DEPLOY FOR GROWTH AND VALUE CREATION.

Over the last three years, we have made significant changes to our channel and 
coverage strategies and have strengthened our new product development capa-
bilities. Our broad portfolio of offerings presents an attractive opportunity for us 
to build value by creating demand through our success in these initiatives.

Our  New  Product  Initiatives  (NPI)  have  attracted  strong  interest  and  we  
continue to see growing order demand. Within our HVAC segment, our competi-
tive  positioning  continues  to  improve.  Our  new  high-efficiency  heating  products 
are  gaining  strong  market  acceptance  and  our  Everest®  cooling  towers  offer  
a solution unmatched in the industry. Within our Detection & Measurement seg-
ment, our signal monitoring and drone detection solutions continue to solve new 
and increasing challenges for our customers. Our Engineered Solutions segment 
continues  to  see  positive  traction  in  our  higher  margin  proprietary  components 
business.  We  expect  2019  to  be  another  year  of  strong  organic  achievements 
through  our  relentless  focus  on  the  voice  of  the  customer  and  robust  product  
management processes. 

INNOVATIONWe  are  also  building  our  platforms  inorganically  in  our  HVAC  and  Detection  & 
Measurement  segments,  where  we  see  multiple  opportunities  to  consolidate 
and  extend  our  leadership  positions.  Our  approach  targets  engineered  products 
with  differentiated  offerings  that  provide  growth  opportunities  via  platform  or 
product  extensions.  Our  acquisition  approach  focuses  on  strengthening  our 
competitive position and targets solid growth and cost synergies from the outset 
of a transaction.

Our  inorganic  focus  is  primarily  on  opportunities  with  platforms  that  allow  us  to 
expand  incrementally;  however,  we  will  evaluate  larger  ideas  that  present  clear 
value  on  an  opportunistic  basis.  We  have  a  robust  pipeline  of  acquisition  candi-
dates weighted toward proprietary deals, mostly in the range of $20–200 million in 
enterprise value.

03

ACQUISITIONS04

B U S I N E S S   S Y S T E M 
A N D   T A L E N T 
M A N A G E M E N T

WE  HAVE  BEEN  PROGRESSIVELY  IMPLEMENTING  OUR  BUSINESS  SYSTEM 
THROUGHOUT  THE  ORGANIZATION  AS  A  ROADMAP  FOR  EXECUTING  ON 
OUR VALUE CREATION GOALS AND MAINTAINING A SUSTAINABLE COMPET-
ITIVE  ADVANTAGE.  OUR  BUSINESS  SYSTEM  EMPHASIZES  A  COMMON 
FOCUS ON TARGETED CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT, SUPPORTED BY CON-
SISTENT POLICY DEPLOYMENT AND PROCESSES. WE ARE PROUD OF OUR 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS AND ARE EXCITED ABOUT THE OPPOR-
TUNITIES WE SEE IN FRONT OF US TO DRIVE SHAREHOLDER VALUE.

Goal  Deployment:  It  is  the  way  we  operate  and  manage  SPX  on  a  daily  basis.  A 
well-developed  strategic  planning  process  and  annual  operating  plan  are  a  critical 
part of our continued success. We set goals with Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) 
focused on growth, excellence and talent, and regularly measure those goals through 
in-depth performance management at the business and individual level.

Business  Excellence:  Involves  the  way  we  drive  standardization  and  use  of  busi-
ness  analytics  to  improve  decision  making.  We  use  common  frameworks  to 
enhance performance across a variety of functions including: M&A diligence and 
integration, channel management, maximizing our digital presence and streamlin-
ing our software development. 

Goal 

Deployment

Business 

Excellence

SPX  
BUSINESS 
SYSTEM

Talent 

Management

Operational 

Excellence

PEOPLEOperational Excellence: We strive for operational excellence in everything we do. 
The health and safety of our employees is the cornerstone along with environmental 
compliance. We target continuous improvement and shared capabilities in all areas 
of  manufacturing,  strategic  sourcing  and  engineering.  We  apply  key  operational 
performance  indicators  to  ensure  high  levels  of  efficiency,  appropriate  working 
capital and strong quality control. 

Talent Management: Leadership development and employee engagement are criti-
cal to our strategy. We are highly focused on ensuring that we have the right skills 
and talent in place to execute on our growth and strategic initiatives. Our approach 
aligns  company  and  individual  employee  goals  to  achieve  common  objectives. 
Motivated  and  committed  employees  thrive  in  a  culture  where  they  are  appreci-
ated, recognized, rewarded, and see a path for development and advancement. 

In 2017, we officially launched our talent management framework, called RiSE, which 
guides our teams through how we will deliver on our commitment to reach, identify, 
strengthen, and engage our current and future workforce. These programs help us 
clarify needs and attract and train the right talent to achieve our goals today and 
into the future. We believe continuous investment in employee opportunities through 
education, skill development, new experiences and leadership support will result in 
successful outcomes for our employees and our business.

  Reach—Knowing what our future needs will be and developing 
the programs to attract the right talent.

  Identify—Developing processes that highlight the capabilities, 
skills and interests of our current employees.

  Strengthen—Building growth and development programs that 
prepare  our  employees  to  meet  business  needs  and  their 
growth interests at all levels of the organization.

  Engage—Focusing on creating a work environment and culture 
that encompasses our core values and provides opportunities 
for employees to get involved. Each voice counts.

Our ongoing success is dependent upon the level of engagement of our teams and 
how  well  we  build  the  capabilities  of  the  organization  to  deliver  on  day-to-day 
requirements  and  drive  strategic  initiatives.  The  development  of  our  employees 
and the SPX culture are at the heart of both. The RiSE framework represents our 
commitment  to  ensuring  that  we  stay  focused  on  continuously  improving  both. 
Building the depth and breadth of our strength in these areas will be an ongoing 
journey, but one that we are looking forward to.

05

06

C U L T U R E   
A N D   V A L U E S

OUR  CULTURE  IS  ROOTED  IN  SOUND  CORPORATE  GOVERNANCE  AND  
THE HIGHEST PRINCIPLES OF ETHICS AND COMPLIANCE. WE STRIVE FOR  
COMMERCIAL AND OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE BASED ON A COMMITMENT 
TO  OUR  CORE  VALUES—INTEGRITY,  ACCOUNTABILITY,  TEAMWORK, 
EXCELLENCE, AND RESULTS. THESE VALUES INSPIRE OUR CODE OF ETHICS 
AND BUSINESS CONDUCT, WHICH SERVES AS A GUIDE TO OUR EMPLOYEES 
DURING  ACTIONS  AND  DECISIONS  WITH  CUSTOMERS  AND  COLLEAGUES. 
OUR CORE VALUES AND OUR REPUTATION ARE THE BUILDING BLOCKS OF 
THE WAY WE DO BUSINESS. WE HAVE A STRONG REPUTATION FOR PROVIDING 
QUALITY PRODUCTS AND SERVICES, AND DOING SO THE RIGHT WAY.

Throughout  our  global  operations,  we  are  firmly  committed  to  sustainability  and 
the  continuous  improvement  of  our  sustainability  procedures.  We  demonstrate 
this  commitment  through  the  ongoing  measurement  and  management  of  our 
energy and water usage, greenhouse gas emissions, employee health and safety, 
and  product  reliability  and  efficiency.  As  outlined  in  our  Sustainability  Progress 
Report for 2018, the safety and health of our employees, our environment, and our 
communities are of paramount importance and ingrained in the SPX philosophy. 

In addition to simply being the right thing to do, we believe identifying and mitigating 
key  risks  and  uncertainties  results  in  higher  shareholder  returns  over  the  longer 
term, a tenet embedded in SPX culture. 

We are firmly committed to sustainability and the continuous 

improvement of our sustainability procedures as outlined in 

our Sustainability Progress Report for 2018.

INTEGRITYCORE VALUES

INTEGRITY 

ACCOUNTABILITY 

TEAMWORK 

EXCELLENCE

RESULTS

07

F O R M   
1 0 - K

201808

S A FE T Y   /  C O M FO R T   /   
C O NVE N I E N C E   /  E FFI C I E N C Y

H VA C
Our Weil-McLain* SVF 750/SVF 1100 commercial boilers 
offer the highest efficiency levels, with differentiating 
features focusing on customers’ needs, including a stainless 
steel fire tube heat exchanger, advanced controls platform, 
and are designed for easy installation and service.

Our Marley® MD Everest® cooling tower offers nearly three 
times more cooling capacity than any other pre-assembled 
CTI certified counterflow tower, and can be installed up to 
80% faster than field erected cooling towers, filling an 
important market niche for larger applications.

D E T E C T I O N   &   M E A S U R E M E N T
The CUES SPiDER Scanner is revolutionary manhole 
scanning technology. Its light weight allows it to be hand 
carried to difficult sites where it can provide a 3D view. 
The SPiDER can be wirelessly operated from any Wi-Fi 
equipped tablet or computer.

Flash Technology supports flight safety with turnkey 
obstruction lighting solutions for wind energy, telecommu-
nications, broadcast, airport and utility markets. We help 
our clients adhere to Federal Aviation Administration light-
ing requirements through our innovative suite of obstruction 
lighting products and our team of compliance experts.

E N G I N E E R E D   S O L U T I O N S
SPX Transformer Solutions provides critical electrical infra-
structure equipment that keeps the electricity on 24/7. Our 
medium and large power transformers are synonymous with 
the highest quality and reliability and our leading innovations 
meet the evolving needs of our customers. 

Our Marley M Series Geareducer® offers a direct drop-in 
replacement solution that minimizes maintenance require-
ments for our customers. Marley Geareducers are engineered 
to withstand the extreme temperatures and humidity of 
cooling tower environments.

* Weil-McLain is a division of The Marley-Wylain Company.  
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                      .

or

Commission file number: 1-6948

SPX Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 (State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

38-1016240
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.)

13320-A Ballantyne Corporate Place,
Charlotte, NC 28277
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (980) 474-3700

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None
(Title of class)

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule 405  of  the  Securities 

Act. Yes 

    No 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section 13  or  Section 15(d)  of  the 

Act. Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirement for the past 90 days. Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes 

    No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller 
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller 
reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to used the extended transition 
period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange 
Act 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes 

    No 

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of July 1, 2018 was $1,472,890,877. 
The determination of affiliate status for purposes of the foregoing calculation is not necessarily a conclusive determination for 
other purposes.

____________________________________________________________________________

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 8, 2019 was 43,498,066.

____________________________________________________________________________

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the Registrant’s proxy statement for its Annual Meeting to be held on 

May 9, 2019 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

SPX CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I

   Item 1 – Business

   Item 1A – Risk Factors

   Item 1B – Unresolved Staff Comments

   Item 2 – Properties

   Item 3 – Legal Proceedings

   Item 4 – Mine Safety Disclosures

Part II

   Item 5 –Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

   Item 6 – Selected Financial Data

   Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   Item 7A – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

      Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

      Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016

      Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

      Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   Item 9 – Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   Item 9A – Controls and Procedures

   Item 9B – Other Information

Part III

   Item 10 – Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   Item 11 – Executive Compensation

   Item 12 – Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   Item 13 – Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   Item 14 – Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Part IV

   Item 15 – Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   Item 16 – Form 10-K Summary

   Signatures

   Index to Exhibits

1

6

17

17

17

17

18

19

22

46

47

49

50

51

52

53

55

109

109

111

112

114

114

114

114

115

116

117

118

P A R T    I

ITEM 1. Business

(All currency and share amounts are in millions)

Forward-Looking Information

Some of the statements in this document and any documents incorporated by reference, including any statements as to 
operational and financial projections, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. These 
statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and 
other factors that may cause our businesses’ or our industries’ actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be 
materially different from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statements. Such statements may address our plans, 
our  strategies,  our  prospects,  changes  and  trends  in  our  business  and  the  markets  in  which  we  operate  under  the  heading 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) or in other sections of 
this document. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “could,” “would,” 
“should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential” or “continue” or the 
negative of those terms or other comparable terminology. Particular risks facing us include economic, business and other risks 
stemming from our internal operations, legal and regulatory risks,  costs of  raw materials, pricing pressures,  pension funding 
requirements, integration of acquisitions and changes in the economy.  These statements are only predictions. Actual events or 
results may differ materially because of market conditions in our industries or other factors, and forward-looking statements should 
not be relied upon as a prediction of actual results. In addition, management’s estimates of future operating results are based on 
our current complement of businesses, which is subject to change as management selects strategic markets.

All the forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by reference to the risks and uncertainties discussed, including 
in this filing, under the heading “Risk Factors,” and any subsequent filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”), as well as in any documents incorporated by reference that describe risks and factors that could cause results to differ 
materially from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We caution you that these discussion of risks and uncertainties 
may not be exhaustive. We operate in a continually changing business environment and frequently enter into new businesses and 
product lines. We cannot predict all potentially relevant risks and uncertainties, and we cannot assess the impact, if any, of these 
factors on our businesses or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially 
from those projected in any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not rely on forward-looking statements as a 
prediction of actual results. We disclaim any responsibility to update or publicly revise any forward-looking statements to reflect 
events or circumstances that arise after the date of this document.

Business

SPX Corporation (“SPX”, “our” or “we”) was founded in Muskegon, Michigan in 1912 as the Piston Ring Company and 
adopted our current name in 1988. Since 1968, we have been incorporated under the laws of Delaware, and we have been listed 
on the New York Stock Exchange since 1972.

On September 26, 2015, we completed the spin-off to our stockholders (the “Spin-Off”) of all the outstanding shares of SPX 
FLOW, Inc. (“SPX FLOW”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPX prior to the Spin-Off, which at the time of the Spin-Off held the 
businesses comprising our Flow Technology reportable segment, our Hydraulic Technologies business, and certain of our corporate 
subsidiaries. Prior to the Spin-Off, our businesses serving the power generation markets had a major impact on the consolidated 
financial results of SPX. In the recent years leading up to the Spin-Off, these businesses experienced significant declines in revenues 
and profitability associated with weak demand and increased competition within the global power generation markets. Based on 
a review of our post-spin portfolio and the belief that a recovery within the power generation markets was unlikely in the foreseeable 
future, we decided that our strategic focus would be on our (i) scalable growth businesses that serve the heating, ventilation and 
cooling (“HVAC”) and detection and measurement markets and (ii) power transformer and process cooling systems businesses. 
As a result, we have significantly reduced our exposure to the power generation markets as indicated by the dispositions of our 
dry cooling and Balcke Dürr businesses during the first and fourth quarters of 2016, respectively. Additionally, during 2018, we 
initiated a plan to wind-down the SPX Heat Transfer (“Heat Transfer”) business. See MD&A and Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated 
financial statements for further discussion of these actions.

On March 1, 2018 and June 7, 2018, we completed the acquisitions of Schonstedt Instrument Company (“Schonstedt”) 
and Cues, Inc. (“Cues”), respectively.  Schonstedt is a manufacturer and distributor of magnetic locator products used for locating 
underground utilities and buried objects, while Cues is a manufacturer of pipeline inspection and rehabilitation equipment.  The 
post-acquisition operating results of Schonstedt and Cues are reflected in our Detection and Measurement reportable segment.

1

On February 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Sabik Marine, a manufacturer of obstruction lighting products, 
from Carmanah Technologies Corporation. The post-acquisition operating results of Sabik Marine will be reflected in our Detection 
and Measurement reportable segment, beginning in the first quarter of 2019.

Unless otherwise indicated, amounts provided in Part I pertain to continuing operations only (see Notes 1 and 4 to our 

consolidated financial statements for information on discontinued operations).

We are a diversified, global supplier of infrastructure equipment serving the HVAC, detection and measurement, power 
transmission and generation, and industrial markets. With operations in approximately 15 countries and over 4,000 employees, 
we offer a wide array of highly engineered infrastructure products with strong brands.

HVAC solutions offered by our businesses include package cooling towers, residential and commercial boilers, comfort 
heating, and ventilation products. Our market leading brands, coupled with our commitment to continuous innovation and focus 
on our customers’ needs, enables our HVAC cooling and heating businesses to serve an expanding number of industrial, commercial 
and residential customers. Growth for our HVAC businesses will be driven by innovation, increased scalability, and our ability to 
meet the needs of broader markets.

Our detection and measurement product lines encompass underground pipe and cable locators, inspection and rehabilitation 
equipment, bus fare collection systems, communication technologies, and specialty lighting. Our detection and measurement 
solutions enable utilities, telecommunication providers and regulators, and municipalities and transit authorities to build, monitor 
and maintain vital infrastructure. Our technology and decades of experience have afforded us a strong position in specific detection 
and  measurement  markets. We  intend  to  expand  our  portfolio  of  specialized  products  through  new,  innovative  hardware  and 
software solutions in an attempt to (i) further capitalize on the detection and measurement markets we currently serve and (ii) 
expand the number of markets that we serve.

Within our engineered solutions platform, we are a leading manufacturer of medium and large power transformers, as well 
as process cooling equipment. These solutions play a critical role in electricity transmission and generation. Specifically, our power 
transformers play an integral role in the North American power grid, while our process cooling equipment assist our customers 
in meeting their power generation and industrial needs. The businesses within the platform are committed to driving value through 
continued focus on operational and engineering efficiencies.

Our remaining businesses (see below for further discussion) engineer, design, manufacture, install and service equipment, 

including heat exchangers, for the industrial and power generation markets.

Reportable and Other Operating Segments

Prior to the fourth quarter of 2018, we aggregated our operating segments into the following three reportable segments: 
HVAC, Detection and Measurement, and Engineered Solutions. During the fourth quarter of 2018, due, in part, to certain wind-
down activities and the related decline in volumes at our South African subsidiary, DBT Technologies (PTY) LTD (“DBT”), and 
Heat Transfer business, we concluded that these operating segments are no longer economically similar to the other operating 
segments within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment.  As such, DBT and Heat Transfer are now being reported, for all 
periods presented, within an “All Other” category outside of our reportable segments.   

The factors considered in determining our aggregated segments are the economic similarity of the businesses, the nature of 
products sold or services provided, production processes, types of customers, distribution methods, and regulatory environment. 
In determining our reportable segments, we apply the threshold criteria of the Segment Reporting Topic of the Financial Accounting 
Standards Board Codification (“Codification”). Operating income or loss for each of our operating segments is determined before 
considering impairment and special charges, pension and postretirement expense, long-term incentive compensation, gains (losses) 
on the sale of our dry cooling business and other indirect corporate expenses. This is consistent with the way our Chief Operating 
Decision Maker evaluates the results of each segment.

HVAC Reportable Segment

Our HVAC reportable segment had revenues of $582.1, $511.0 and $509.5 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, and backlog 
of  $46.9  and  $41.4  as  of  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively. Approximately  96%  of  the  segment’s  backlog  as  of 
December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019. The segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs 
and services cooling products for the HVAC and industrial markets, as well as heating and ventilation products for the residential 
and  commercial  markets. The  primary  distribution  channels  for  the  segment’s  products  are  direct  to  customers,  independent 
manufacturing  representatives,  third-party  distributors,  and  retailers. The  segment  serves  a  customer  base  in  North America, 
Europe, and Asia Pacific. Core brands for our cooling products include Marley and Recold, with the major competitors to these 
products being Baltimore Aircoil Company and Evapco. Our heating and ventilation products are sold under the Berko, Qmark, 
Fahrenheat, and Leading Edge brands, while our Marley-Wylain subsidiary sells Weil-McLain and Williamson-Thermoflo brands. 
2

Major competitors to these products are TPI Corporation, Ouellet, King Electric, Systemair Mfg. LLC, Cadet Manufacturing 
Company, and Dimplex North America Ltd for heating products, Burnham Holdings, Inc, Mestek, Cleaver Brooks, Lochinvar 
LLC, Navien Inc., and Buderus for boiler products, and TPI Corporation, Broan-NuTone LLC and Airmaster Fan Company for 
ventilation products.

Detection and Measurement Reportable Segment

Our Detection and Measurement reportable segment had revenues of $320.9, $260.3 and $226.4 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively, and backlog of $71.9 and $54.0 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Approximately 76% of the segment’s 
backlog  as  of  December 31,  2018  is  expected  to  be  recognized  as  revenue  during  2019.  The  segment  engineers,  designs, 
manufactures and installs underground pipe and cable locators, inspection and rehabilitation equipment, bus fare collection systems, 
communication technologies, and specialty lighting. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to 
customers and third-party distributors. The segment serves a global customer base, with a strong presence in North America, 
Europe, and Asia Pacific. Core brands for our underground pipe and cable locators and inspection and rehabilitation equipment 
are Radiodetection, Pearpoint, Schonstedt, Dielectric, Warren G-V, and Cues, with the major competitors to these products being 
Vivax-Metrotech, Leica, Subsite, IPEK, IBAK, System Studies, Agilent, Shawcor, Roper, and Ridgid. Our bus fare collection 
systems, communication technologies, and specialty lighting are sold under the Genfare, TCI and Flash Technology brand names, 
respectively. Major competitors to our bus fare collection systems include Scheidt & Bachmann, Trapeze Group, Init, and Vix 
Technology, while major competitors to our communication technologies products include Rohde & Schwarz, Thales Group, Saab 
Grintek, and LS Telcom. Lastly, major competitors of our specialty lighting products include H&P, TWR Lighting, Unimar, Dialight 
and ITL.

Engineered Solutions Reportable Segment

Our  Engineered  Solutions  reportable  segment  had  revenues  of  $537.0,  $560.7  and  $598.0  in  2018,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively,  and  backlog  of  $311.2  and  $320.6  as  of  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  respectively. Approximately  88%  of  the 
segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019. The segment engineers, designs, 
manufactures, installs and services transformers for the power transmission and distribution market, as well as process cooling 
equipment for the power generation and industrial markets. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct 
to customers and third-party representatives. The segment has a strong presence in North America.

We sell transformers under the Waukesha brand name. Typical customers for this product line are publicly and privately 
held utilities. Our competitors in this market include ABB Ltd., GE-Prolec, Siemens, Hyundai Power Transformers, Delta Star Inc., 
Pennsylvania Transformer Technology, Inc., SGB-SMIT Group, Virginia Transformer Corporation, Howard Industries, Inc., and 
WEG S.A.

Our process cooling products are sold under the brand names of SPX Cooling, and Marley, with major competitors to these 
products and service lines being Enexio, Hamon & Cie, Thermal Engineering International, Howden Group Ltd, and Siemens 
AG.

All Other

Our “All Other” group of operating segments had revenues of $98.6, $93.8 and $138.4 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, 
and backlog of $26.8 and $113.4 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Approximately 97% of the backlog as of 
December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019. These operating segments engineer, design, manufacture, 
install and service equipment, including heat exchangers, for the industrial and power generation markets.  The primary distribution 
channels for the group’s products are direct to customers and third-party representatives.  These operating segments have a presence 
in North America and South Africa. 

Acquisitions

We regularly review and negotiate potential acquisitions in the ordinary course of business, some of which are or may be 

material. 

On March 1, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Schonstedt, a manufacturer and distributor of magnetic locator products 
used for locating underground utilities and other buried objects, for a purchase price of $16.4, net of cash acquired of $0.3. On 
June 7, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Cues, a manufacturer of pipeline inspection and rehabilitation equipment, for a 
purchase price of $164.4, net of cash acquired of $20.6. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these transactions have been 
recorded at estimates of fair value as determined by management, based on information available and on assumptions as to future 
operations, and are subject to change based on the final assessment and valuation of certain income tax amounts. 

3

On February 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Sabik Marine, a manufacturer of obstruction lighting products, from 

Carmanah Technologies Corporation for cash proceeds of $77.0.

We did not acquire any businesses in 2017 or 2016.

Divestitures

We regularly review and negotiate potential divestitures in the ordinary course of business, some of which are or may be 
material. As a result of this continuous review, we determined that the Balcke Dürr and dry cooling businesses would be better 
strategic fits with other investors and, thus, we disposed of these businesses in 2016, with Balcke Dürr reflected as a discontinued 
operation for all periods presented.

International Operations

We are a multinational corporation with operations in approximately 15 countries. Sales outside the United States were 

$221.1, $182.5 and $237.1 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for more information on our international operations.

Research and Development

We are actively engaged in research and development programs designed to improve existing products and manufacturing 
methods and develop new products to better serve our current and future customers. These efforts encompass certain of our products 
with divisional engineering teams coordinating their resources. We place particular emphasis on the development of new products 
that are compatible with, and build upon, our manufacturing and marketing capabilities.

Patents/Trademarks

We own approximately 154 domestic and 219 foreign patents (comprising approximately 159 patent “families”), including 
approximately 40 patents that were issued in 2018, covering a variety of our products and manufacturing methods. We also own 
a number of registered trademarks. Although in the aggregate our patents and trademarks are of considerable importance in the 
operation of our business, we do not consider any single patent or trademark to be of such importance that its absence would 
adversely affect our ability to conduct business as presently constituted. We are both a licensor and licensee of patents. For more 
information, please refer to “Risk Factors.”

Outsourcing and Raw Materials

We  manufacture  many  of  the  components  used  in  our  products;  however,  our  strategy  includes  outsourcing  certain 
components and sub-assemblies to other companies where strategically and economically beneficial. In instances where we depend 
on third-party suppliers for outsourced products or components, we are subject to the risk of customer dissatisfaction with the 
quality or performance of the products we sell due to supplier failure. In addition, business difficulties experienced by a third-
party supplier can lead to the interruption of our ability to obtain the outsourced product and ultimately to our inability to supply 
products to our customers. We believe that we generally will be able to continue to obtain adequate supplies of key products or 
appropriate substitutes at reasonable costs.

We are subject to increases in the prices of many of our key raw materials, including petroleum-based products, steel and 
copper. In recent years, we have generally been able to offset increases in raw material costs. Occasionally, we are subject to long-
term supplier contracts, which may increase our exposure to pricing fluctuations. We use forward contracts to manage our exposure 
on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials (“commodity contracts”). See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements 
for further information on commodity contracts.

Due to our diverse products and services, as well as the wide geographic dispersion of our production facilities, we use 
numerous sources for the raw materials needed in our operations. We are not significantly dependent on any one or a limited 
number of suppliers, and we have been able to obtain suitable quantities of raw materials at competitive prices.

Competition

Our competitive position cannot be determined accurately in the aggregate or by reportable or operating segment since we 
and our competitors do not offer all the same product lines or serve all the same markets. In addition, specific reliable comparative 
figures are not available for many of our competitors. In most product groups, competition comes from numerous concerns, both 
large and small. The principal methods of competition are service, product performance, technical innovation and price. These 
methods vary with the type of product sold. We believe we compete effectively on the basis of each of these factors as they apply 
to  the  various  products  and  services  offered.  See  “Reportable  and  Other  Operating  Segments”  above  for  a  discussion  of  our 
competitors.

4

See “MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates — Contingent Liabilities,” “Risk Factors” and Note 14 

to our consolidated financial statements for information regarding environmental matters.

Environmental Matters

Employment

At December 31, 2018, we had over 4,000 employees. Six domestic collective bargaining agreements covered approximately 
1,000 employees. We also had various collective labor arrangements as of that date covering certain non-U.S. employee groups. 
While we generally have experienced satisfactory labor relations, we are subject to potential union campaigns, work stoppages, 
union negotiations and other potential labor disputes.

Other Matters

No customer or group of customers that, to our knowledge, are under common control accounted for more than 10% of our 

consolidated revenues for any period presented.

Our businesses maintain sufficient levels of working capital to support customer requirements, particularly inventory. We 

believe our businesses’ sales and payment terms are generally similar to those of our competitors.

Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets they serve. In addition, certain businesses 

have seasonal fluctuations. Historically, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the second half of the year.

Our website address is www.spx.com. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference herein. We file reports 
with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and 
certain amendments to these reports. Copies of these reports are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably 
practicable after we file the reports with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy 
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 

5

ITEM 1A. Risk Factors

(All currency and share amounts are in millions)

You should consider the risks described below and elsewhere in our documents filed with the SEC before investing in any 
of our securities. We may amend, supplement or add to the risk factors described below from time to time in future reports filed 
with the SEC.

Many of the markets in which we operate are cyclical or are subject to industry events, and our results have been and could 
be affected as a result.

Many of the markets in which we operate are subject to general economic cycles or industry events. In addition, certain of 

our businesses are subject to market-specific cycles and weather-related fluctuations.

Furthermore,  contract  timing  on  projects,  including  those  relating  to  power  transmission  and  distribution  systems, 
communication technologies, fare collection systems, and process cooling systems and towers may cause significant fluctuations 
in revenues and profits from period to period.

The  businesses  of  many  of  our  customers  are  to  varying  degrees  cyclical  and  have  experienced,  and  may  continue  to 
experience, periodic downturns. Cyclical changes and specific industry events could also affect sales of products in our other 
businesses. Downturns in the business cycles of our different operations may occur at the same time, which could exacerbate any 
adverse effects on our business. In addition, certain of our businesses have seasonal and weather-related fluctuations. Historically, 
many of our key businesses generally have tended to have stronger performance in the second half of the year. See "MD&A - 
Results of Continuing Operations and Results of Reportable and Other Operating Segments."

The price and availability of raw materials and components has and may adversely affect our business. 

We are exposed to a variety of risks relating to the price and availability of raw materials and components. In recent years, 
we have faced volatility in the prices of many key raw materials (e.g., copper, steel and oil) and key components (e.g. circuit 
boards), including price increases in response to trade laws and tariffs. Increases in the prices of raw materials and components, 
including as a result of new or increased tariffs or the impact of new trade laws, or shortages or allocations of materials and 
components may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, as there may be 
delays in our ability, or we may not be able, to pass cost increases on to our customers, or our sales may be reduced. We are subject 
to, or may enter into, long-term supplier contracts that may increase our exposure to pricing fluctuations.

Our business depends on capital investment and maintenance expenditures by our customers.

Demand for most of our products and services depends on the level of new capital investment and planned maintenance 
expenditures by our customers. The level of capital expenditures by our customers fluctuates based on planned expansions, new 
builds  and  repairs,  commodity  prices,  general  economic  conditions,  availability  of  credit,  and  expectations  of  future  market 
behavior. Any of these factors, whether individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our customers 
and, in turn, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The fact that we outsource various elements of the products and services we sell subjects us to the business risks of our suppliers 
and subcontractors, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.

In areas where we depend on third-party suppliers and subcontractors for outsourced products, components or services, we 
are subject to the risk of customer dissatisfaction with the quality or performance of the products or services we sell due to supplier 
or subcontractor failure. In addition, business difficulties experienced by a third-party supplier or subcontractor can lead to the 
interruption of our ability to obtain outsourced products or services and ultimately our inability to supply products or services to 
our customers. Third-party supplier and subcontractor business interruptions can include, but are not limited to, work stoppages, 
union  negotiations  and  other  labor  disputes.  Current  economic  conditions  could  also  impact  the  ability  of  suppliers  and 
subcontractors to access credit and, thus, impair their ability to provide us quality products or services in a timely manner, or at 
all.

Cost overruns, inflation, delays and other risks could significantly impact our results, particularly with respect to fixed-price 
contracts.

A portion of our revenues and earnings is generated through fixed-price contracts, particularly within our Engineered Solutions 
reportable segment and our “All Other” group of operating segments. We recognize revenues for certain of these contracts over-

6

time whereby revenues and expenses, and thereby profit, in a given period are determined based on our estimates as to the project 
status and the costs remaining to complete a particular project.

Estimates of total revenues and cost at completion are subject to many variables, including the length of time to complete a 
contract. In addition, contract delays may negatively impact these estimates and our revenues and earnings results for affected 
periods.

To the extent that we underestimate the remaining cost to complete a project, we may overstate the revenues and profit in a 
particular period. Further, certain of these contracts provide for penalties or liquidated damages for failure to timely perform our 
obligations under the contract, or require that we, at our expense, correct and remedy to the satisfaction of the other party certain 
defects. Because some of our contracts are at a fixed price, we face the risk that cost overruns or inflation may exceed, erode or 
eliminate our expected profit margin, or cause us to record a loss on our projects.

DBT’s contracts on two large power projects in South Africa highlight these types of contract-related risks. The business 
environment surrounding these projects has been difficult, as DBT has experienced delays, cost over-runs, and various other 
challenges  associated  with  a  complex  set  of  contractual  relationships  among  the  end  customer,  prime  contractors,  various 
subcontractors (including DBT and its subcontractors), and various suppliers. These challenges have resulted in (i) significant 
adjustments to our revenue and cost estimates for the projects and (ii) various claims and disputes between DBT and other parties 
involved with the projects (e.g., prime contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, etc.).  We may become subject to other claims, which 
could be significant.  Our future financial position, operating results, and cash flows could be impacted by the resolution of current 
and any future claims, as well as potential changes to revenue and cost estimates relating to the execution of DBT’s remaining 
scope.

Although we believe that our current estimates of revenues and costs relating to our long-term contracts are reasonable, it 

is possible that future revisions of such estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

If we are unable to protect our information systems against data corruption, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, 
our operations could be disrupted. 

We are increasingly dependent on cloud-based and other information technology (“IT”) networks and systems, some of 
which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit, and store electronic information. We depend on such IT infrastructure 
for electronic communications among our locations around the world and between our personnel and suppliers and customers. In 
addition, we rely on these IT systems to record, process, summarize, transmit, and store electronic information, and to manage or 
support  a  variety  of  business  processes  and  activities,  including,  among  other  things,  our  accounting  and  financial  reporting 
processes; our manufacturing and supply chain processes; our sales and marketing efforts; and the data related to our research and 
development efforts. The failure of our IT systems or those of our business partners or third-party service providers to perform 
properly, or difficulties encountered in the development of new systems or the upgrade of existing systems, could disrupt our 
business and harm our reputation, which may result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs, excess or obsolete inventory, 
and product shortages, causing our business, reputation, financial condition, and operating results to suffer. Upon expiration or 
termination of any of our agreements with third-party vendors, we may not be able to replace the services provided to us in a 
timely manner or on terms and conditions, including service levels and cost, that are favorable to us, and a transition from one 
vendor to another vendor could subject us to operational delays and inefficiencies until the transition is complete.

IT security threats are increasing in frequency and sophistication and we have detected numerous attempts to compromise 
the security of our IT systems. Cyber-attacks may be random, coordinated, or targeted, including sophisticated computer crime 
threats. These threats pose a risk to the security of our systems and networks, and those of our business partners and third-party 
service providers, and to the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of our data. Despite our implementation of security measures, 
cybersecurity threats, such as malicious software, phishing attacks, computer viruses, and attempts to gain unauthorized access, 
cannot be completely mitigated. Our business, reputation, operating results, and financial condition could be materially adversely 
affected  if,  as  a  result  of  a  significant  cyber  event  or  otherwise,  our  operations  are  disrupted  or  shutdown;  our  confidential, 
proprietary information is stolen or disclosed; the performance or security of our cloud-based product offerings is impacted; our 
intranet  and  internet  sites  are  compromised;  data  is  manipulated  or  destroyed;  we  incur  costs  or  are  required  to  pay  fines  in 
connection with stolen customer, employee, or other confidential information; we must dedicate significant resources to system 
repairs or increase cyber security protection; or we otherwise incur significant litigation or other costs.

In addition, newer generations of certain of our products include IT systems, including systems that are cloud-based and/or 
interconnect through the internet. These systems are subject to the same cybersecurity threats described above and the failure of 
these systems, including by cyber-attack, could disrupt our customers’ business, leading to potential exposure for us.

7

Failure to protect or unauthorized use of our intellectual property may harm our business.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties or competitors may copy or otherwise obtain and 
use our products or technology. The steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology or knowledge, 
particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as in the United States. 
Costs incurred to defend our rights may be material.

We  are  subject  to  laws,  regulations  and  potential  liability  relating  to  claims,  complaints  and  proceedings,  including  those 
relating to asbestos, environmental, product liability and other matters.

We are subject to various laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements of government authorities in the United States 
and other nations. Additionally, changes in laws, ordinances, regulations, or other governmental policies may significantly increase 
our expenses and liabilities.

Numerous claims, complaints, and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending 
against us or certain of our subsidiaries (collectively, “claims”). These claims relate to litigation matters (e.g., class actions and 
contracts, intellectual property, and competitive claims), environmental matters, product liability matters (predominately associated 
with alleged exposure to asbestos-containing materials), and other risk management matters (e.g., general liability, automobile, 
and workers’ compensation claims). Periodically, claims, complaints and proceedings arising other than in the ordinary course of 
business have been asserted or are pending against us or certain of our subsidiaries (e.g. patent infringement and disputes with 
subsidiary shareholder(s)), including claims with respect to businesses that we have acquired for matters arising before the relevant 
date of the acquisition. From time to time, we face actions by governmental authorities, both in and outside the United States. 
Additionally, we may become subject to other claims of which we are currently unaware, which may be significant, or the claims 
of which we are aware may result in our incurring significantly greater loss than we anticipate. Our insurance may be insufficient 
or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures.

On the two large power projects in South Africa, DBT has experienced delays, cost over-runs, and various other challenges 
associated with a complex set of contractual relationships among the end customer, prime contractors, various subcontractors 
(including DBT and its subcontractors), and various suppliers. DBT is currently involved in a number of claims relating to these 
challenges and may be subject to other claims, which could be significant. We cannot assure you that that these claims and the 
costs to assert our claims and defend claims made against us will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, 
results of operations, or cash flows. 

We face environmental exposures including, for example, those relating to discharges from and materials handled as part of 
our operations, the remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by petroleum products or hazardous substances or wastes, 
and the health and safety of our employees. We may be liable for the costs of investigation, removal, or remediation of hazardous 
substances or petroleum products on, under, or in our current or formerly owned or leased properties, or from third-party disposal 
facilities that we may have used, without regard to whether we knew of, or caused, the presence of the contaminants. The presence 
of, or failure to properly remediate, these substances may have adverse effects, including, for example, substantial investigative 
or remedial obligations and limitations on the ability to sell or rent affected property or to borrow funds using affected property 
as collateral. New or existing environmental matters or changes in environmental laws or policies could lead to material costs for 
environmental compliance or cleanup. In addition, environmentally related product regulations are growing globally in number 
and complexity and could contribute to increased costs with respect to disclosure requirements, product sales and distribution 
related costs, and post-sale recycling and disposal costs. There can be no assurance that these liabilities and costs will not have a 
material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

We devote significant time and expense to defend against the various claims, complaints, and proceedings brought against 
us. In addition, from time to time, we bring actions to enforce our rights against customers, suppliers, insurers, and other third 
parties. We cannot assure you that the expenses or distractions from operating our businesses arising from these defenses and 
actions will not increase materially.

We cannot assure you that our accruals and right to indemnity and insurance will be sufficient, that recoveries from insurance 
or indemnification claims will be available or that any of our current or future claims or other matters will not have a material 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

See “MD&A - Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates - Contingent Liabilities” and Note 14 to our consolidated 

financial statements for further discussion.

8

Our failure to successfully complete acquisitions could negatively affect us.

We may not be able to consummate desired acquisitions, which could materially impact our growth rate, results of operations, 
future cash flows and stock price. Our ability to achieve our goals depends upon, among other things, our ability to identify and 
successfully acquire companies, businesses and product lines, to effectively integrate them and to achieve cost savings. We may 
also be unable to raise additional funds necessary to consummate these acquisitions. In addition, decreases in our stock price may 
adversely affect our ability to consummate acquisitions. Competition for acquisitions in our business areas may be significant and 
result in higher prices for businesses, including businesses that we may target, which may also affect our acquisition rate or benefits 
achieved from our acquisitions.

We may not achieve the expected cost savings and other benefits of our acquisitions.

We strive for and expect to achieve cost savings in connection with our acquisitions, including: (i) manufacturing process 
and supply chain rationalization, (ii) streamlining redundant administrative overhead and support activities, (iii) restructuring and 
repositioning sales and marketing organizations to eliminate redundancies, and (iv) achieving anticipated revenue synergies. Cost 
savings expectations are estimates that are inherently difficult to predict and are necessarily speculative in nature, and we cannot 
assure you that we will achieve expected, or any, cost savings in connection with an acquisition. In addition, we cannot assure 
you that unforeseen factors will not offset the estimated cost savings or other benefits from our acquisitions. As a result, anticipated 
benefits could be delayed, differ significantly from our estimates and the other information contained in this report, or not be 
realized.

Acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges.

Our acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including:

•  Adverse effects on our reported operating results due to charges to earnings, including impairment charges associated 

with goodwill and other intangibles;

•  Diversion of management attention from core business operations;
• 
• 
• 

Integration of technology, operations, personnel and financial and other systems;
Increased expenses;
Increased foreign operations, often with unique issues relating to corporate culture, compliance with legal and regulatory 
requirements and other challenges;

•  Assumption of known and unknown liabilities and exposure to litigation;
• 
• 

Increased levels of debt or dilution to existing stockholders; and
Potential disputes with the sellers of acquired businesses.

We conduct operational, financial, tax, and legal due diligence on all acquisitions; however, we cannot assure that all potential 

risks or liabilities are adequately discovered, disclosed, or understood in each instance.

In addition, internal controls over financial reporting of acquired companies may not be compliant with required standards. 
Issues may exist that could rise to the level of significant deficiencies or, in some cases, material weaknesses, particularly with 
respect to foreign companies or non-public U.S. companies.

Our integration activities may place substantial demands on our management, operational resources and financial and internal 
control systems. Customer dissatisfaction or performance problems with an acquired business, technology, service or product 
could also have a material adverse effect on our reputation and business.

Dispositions or liabilities retained in connection with dispositions could negatively affect us.

Our dispositions involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including diversion 
of management attention from running our core businesses, increased expense associated with the dispositions, potential disputes 
with the customers or suppliers of the disposed businesses, potential disputes with the acquirers of the disposed businesses and a 
potential dilutive effect on our earnings per share. In addition, we have agreed to retain certain liabilities in connection with the 
disposition of certain businesses, including the Balcke Dürr business. These liabilities may be significant and could negatively 
impact our business.

If dispositions are not completed in a timely manner, there may be a negative effect on our cash flows and/or our ability to 
execute our strategy. In addition, we may not realize some or all of the anticipated benefits of our dispositions. See “Business,” 
“MD&A - Results of Discontinued Operations,” and Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for the status of our divestitures.

9

Our  technology  is  important  to  our  success,  and  failure  to  develop  new  products  may  result  in  a  significant  competitive 
disadvantage.

We believe the development of our intellectual property rights is critical to the success of our business. In order to maintain 
our market positions and margins, we need to continually develop and introduce high-quality, technologically advanced and cost-
effective products on a timely basis, in many cases in multiple jurisdictions around the world. The failure to do so could result in 
a significant competitive disadvantage.

Governmental laws and regulations could negatively affect our business.

Changes in laws and regulations to which we are or may become subject could have a significant negative impact on our 
business. In addition, we could face material costs and risks if it is determined that we have failed to comply with relevant law 
and regulation. We are subject to U.S. Customs and Export Regulations, including U.S. International Traffic and Arms Regulations 
and similar laws, which collectively control import, export and sale of technologies by companies and various other aspects of 
the operation of our business; the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws, which prohibit companies from 
making improper payments to government officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business; the California Transparency 
in Supply Chain Act and similar laws and regulations, which relate to human trafficking and anti-slavery and impose new compliance 
requirements on our businesses and their suppliers; and the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 and the European General 
Data  Protection  Regulation,  which  establish  data  management  requirements  for  the  protection  of  personal  information  of 
individuals. While our policies and procedures mandate compliance with such laws and regulations, there can be no assurance 
that our employees and agents will always act in strict compliance. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations may result 
in civil and criminal enforcement, including monetary fines and possible injunctions against shipment of product or other of our 
activities, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Several of our businesses are reliant on or may be directly impacted by government regulations. Changes to these regulations 
may  have  a  significant  negative  impact  on  these  businesses.  For  example,  (i) a  reduction  of  Federal Aviation Administration 
regulations mandating lighting of towers and buildings at height; (ii) increases in Department of Energy regulations on energy 
efficiency requirements for heating, and (iii) a reduction in regulations requiring 811 calls to be made before the commencement 
of a digging project, could have a significant negative impact on these businesses. While we monitor these regulations and our 
businesses plan for potential changes, there can be no assurance that we will be able to adapt in each circumstance. Failure to 
adapt if regulations change could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

Difficulties  presented  by  domestic  economic,  political,  legal,  accounting  and  business  factors  could  negatively  affect  our 
business.

In 2018, approximately 86% of our revenues were generated inside the United States. Our reliance on U.S. revenues and 

U.S. manufacturing bases exposes us to a number of risks, including:

•  Government  embargoes  or  foreign  trade  restrictions  such  as  antidumping  duties,  as  well  as  the  imposition  of  trade 
sanctions by the United States against a class of products imported from or sold and exported to, or the loss of “normal 
trade relations” status with, countries in which we conduct business, could significantly increase our cost of products 
imported  into  or  exported  from  the  United  States  or  reduce  our  sales  and  harm  our  business  and  the  relaxation  of 
embargoes and foreign trade restrictions, including antidumping duties on transformers, by the United States could 
adversely affect the market for our products in the United States;

•  Customs and tariffs may make it difficult or impossible for us to move our products or assets across borders in a cost-
effective manner and may increase the cost of our raw materials, including raw materials sourced domestically;

•  Transportation and shipping expenses add cost to our products;
•  Complications related to shipping, including delays due to weather, labor action, or customs, may impact our profit 

margins or lead to lost business;

•  Environmental and other laws and regulations could increase our costs or limit our ability to run our business; and
•  Our ability to obtain supplies from foreign vendors and ship products internationally may be impaired during times of 

crisis or otherwise.

Any of the above factors or other factors affecting the movement of people and products into and from various countries to 
North America could have a significant negative effect on our operations. In addition, our concentration on U.S. business may 
make it difficult to enter new markets, making it more difficult for our businesses to grow.

10

Worldwide economic conditions could negatively impact our businesses.

Many of our customers historically have tended to delay capital projects, including expensive maintenance and upgrades, 
during economic downturns. Poor macroeconomic conditions could negatively impact our businesses by adversely affecting, 
among other things, our: 

•  Revenues;
•  Margins;
• 
Profits;
•  Cash flows;
•  Customers’ orders, including order cancellation activity or delays on existing orders;
•  Customers’ ability to access credit;
•  Customers’ ability to pay amounts due to us; and
• 

Suppliers’ and distributors’ ability to perform and the availability and costs of materials and subcontracted services.

Downturns in global economies could negatively impact our performance or any expectations in reporting performance. 

Our non-U.S. revenues and operations expose us to numerous risks that may negatively impact our business.

To the extent we generate revenues outside of the United States, non-U.S. revenues and non-U.S. manufacturing bases 

exposes us to a number of risks, including:

• 

Significant competition could come from local or long-term participants in non-U.S. markets who may have significantly 
greater market knowledge and substantially greater resources than we do;

•  Local customers may have a preference for locally-produced products;
•  Credit risk or financial condition of local customers and distributors could affect our ability to market our products or 

collect receivables;

•  Regulatory or political systems or barriers may make it difficult or impossible to enter or remain in new markets. In 
addition, these barriers may impact our existing businesses, including making it more difficult for them to grow;
•  Local  political,  economic  and  social  conditions,  including  the  possibility  of  hyperinflationary  conditions,  political 
instability, nationalization of private enterprises, or unexpected changes relating to currency could adversely impact our 
revenues and operations;

•  The United Kingdom’s decision to exit from the European Union (commonly referred to as “Brexit”) has contributed 
to, and may continue to contribute to, economic, currency, market and regulatory uncertainty in the United Kingdom 
and European Union and could adversely affect economic, currency, market, regulatory, or political conditions both in 
those regions and worldwide;

•  Customs, tariffs and trade restrictions may make it difficult or impossible for us to move our products or assets across 

borders in a cost-effective manner;

•  Transportation and shipping expenses add cost to our products;
•  Complications related to shipping, including delays due to weather, labor action, or customs, may impact our profit 

margins or lead to lost business;

•  Local, regional or worldwide hostilities could impact our operations; and
•  Distance and language and cultural differences may make it more difficult to manage our business and employees and 

to effectively market our products and services.

Any of the above factors or other factors affecting social and economic activity in the United Kingdom, China, and South 
Africa or affecting the movement of people and products into and from these countries to our major markets, could have a significant 
negative effect on our operations.

Our customers have been and could be impacted by commodity availability and prices. 

A  number  of  factors  outside  our  control,  including  fluctuating  commodity  prices,  impact  the  demand  for  our  products. 
Increased commodity prices, including as a result of new or increased tariffs or the impact of new trade laws, may increase our 
customers’ cost of doing business, thus causing them to delay or cancel large capital projects.

On the other hand, declining commodity prices may cause our customers to delay or cancel projects relating to the production 
of such commodities. Reduced demand for our products and services could result in the delay or cancellation of existing orders 
or lead to excess manufacturing capacity, which unfavorably impacts our absorption of fixed manufacturing costs. Reduced demand 
may also erode average selling prices in the relevant market.

11

We may not be able to finance future needs or adapt our business plan to react to changes in economic or business conditions 
because of restrictions placed on us by our senior credit facilities and any existing or future instruments governing our other 
indebtedness.

Our senior credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness contain, or future or revised instruments may 
contain, various restrictions and covenants that limit our ability to make distributions or other payments to our investors and 
creditors unless certain financial tests or other criteria are satisfied. We also must comply with certain specified financial ratios 
and tests. Our subsidiaries may also be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us. In addition, our senior 
credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness contain or may contain additional affirmative and negative 
covenants. Material existing restrictions are described more fully in the MD&A and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements. 
Each of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential 
business opportunities, such as acquisitions.

If we do not comply with the covenants and restrictions contained in our senior credit facilities and agreements governing 
our other indebtedness, we could default under those agreements, and the debt, together with accrued interest, could be declared 
due and payable. If we default under our senior credit facilities, the lenders could cause all our outstanding debt obligations under 
our senior credit facilities to become due and payable or require us to repay the indebtedness under these facilities. If our debt is 
accelerated, we may not be able to repay or refinance our debt. In addition, any default under our senior credit facilities or agreements 
governing our other indebtedness could lead to an acceleration of debt under other debt instruments that contain cross-acceleration 
or cross-default provisions. If the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities is accelerated, we may not have sufficient assets 
to repay amounts due under our senior credit facilities or other debt securities then outstanding. Our ability to comply with these 
provisions of our senior credit facilities and agreements governing our other indebtedness will be affected by changes in the 
economic or business conditions or other events beyond our control. Complying with our covenants may also cause us to take 
actions that are not favorable to us and may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy and compete, 
including against companies that are not subject to such restrictions.

Our indebtedness may affect our business and may restrict our operating flexibility.

At December 31, 2018, we had $381.8 in total indebtedness. On that same date, we had $311.6 of available borrowing 
capacity under our revolving credit facilities, after giving effect to $32.0 reserved for outstanding letters of credit and $6.4 of 
borrowings under the revolving credit agreement, and $27.0 of available borrowing capacity under our trade receivables financing 
arrangement. In addition, at December 31, 2018, we had $30.1 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument 
facilities after giving effect to $119.9 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2018, our cash and equivalents 
balance was $68.8. See MD&A and Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion. We may incur additional 
indebtedness  in  the  future,  including  indebtedness  incurred  to  finance,  or  assumed  in  connection  with,  acquisitions. We  may 
renegotiate or refinance our senior credit facilities or other debt facilities, or enter into additional agreements that have different 
or more stringent terms. The level of our indebtedness could:

Impact our ability to obtain new, or refinance existing, indebtedness, on favorable terms or at all;

• 
•  Limit our ability to obtain, or obtain on favorable terms, additional debt financing for working capital, capital expenditures 

or acquisitions;

•  Limit our flexibility in reacting to competitive and other changes in the industry and economic conditions;
•  Limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock in the future;
•  Coupled with a substantial decrease in net operating cash flows due to economic developments or adverse developments 

in our business, make it difficult to meet debt service requirements; and

•  Expose us to interest rate fluctuations to the extent existing borrowings are, and any new borrowings may be, at variable 
rates of interest, which could result in higher interest expense and interest payments in the event of increases in interest 
rates.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or pay interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness and to satisfy our 
other debt obligations will depend upon our future operating performance, which may be affected by general economic, financial, 
competitive, legislative, regulatory, business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, we cannot assure you that future 
borrowings or equity financing will be available for the payment or refinancing of our indebtedness. If we are unable to service 
our indebtedness, whether in the ordinary course of business or upon an acceleration of such indebtedness, we may pursue one or 
more  alternative  strategies,  such  as  restructuring  or  refinancing  our  indebtedness,  selling  assets,  reducing  or  delaying  capital 
expenditures, revising implementation of or delaying strategic plans or seeking additional equity capital. Any of these actions 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price. In addition, we 
cannot assure that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would enable us to continue to satisfy our 
capital requirements, or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our various debt agreements.

12

Numerous banks in many countries are syndicate members in our credit facility. Failure of one or more of our larger lenders, 

or several of our smaller lenders, could significantly reduce availability of our credit, which could harm our liquidity.

The loss of key personnel and an inability to attract and retain qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our 
operations.

We are dependent on the continued services of our leadership team. The loss of these personnel without adequate replacement 
could have a material adverse effect on our operations. Additionally, we need qualified managers and skilled employees with 
technical and manufacturing industry experience in many locations in order to operate our business successfully. From time to 
time, there may be a shortage of skilled labor, which may make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified 
employees. If we were unable to attract and retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals or our costs to do so were to increase 
significantly, our operations could be materially adversely affected.

Currency conversion risk could have a material impact on our reported results of business operations. 

Our operating results are presented in U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. The strengthening or weakening of the U.S. dollar 
against other currencies in which we conduct business could result in unfavorable translation effects as the results of transactions 
in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars.

Increased strength of the U.S. dollar will increase the effective price of our products sold in U.S. dollars into other countries, 
including countries utilizing the Euro, which may have a material adverse effect on sales or require us to lower our prices, and 
also decrease our reported revenues or margins related to sales conducted in foreign currencies to the extent we are unable or 
determine not to increase local currency prices. Likewise, the increased strength of the U.S. dollar could allow competitors with 
foreign-based manufacturing costs to sell their products in the U.S. at lower prices. Alternatively, decreased strength of the U.S. 
dollar could have a material adverse effect on the cost of materials and products purchased overseas.

Similarly, increased or decreased strength of the currencies of non-U.S. countries in which we manufacture will have a 
comparable  effect  against  the  currencies  of  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we  sell.  For  example,  our  Radiodetection  business 
manufactures a number of detection instruments in the United Kingdom and sells to customers in other countries, therefore increased 
strength of the British pound sterling will increase the effective price of these products sold in British pound sterling into other 
countries; and decreased strength of British pound sterling could have a material adverse effect on the cost of materials and products 
purchased outside of the United Kingdom.

Credit and counterparty risks could harm our business.

The financial condition of our customers and distributors could affect our ability to market our products or collect receivables. 

In addition, financial difficulties faced by our customers may lead to cancellations or delays of orders.

Our customers may suffer financial difficulties that make them unable to pay for a project when completed, or they may 
decide not or be unable to pay us, either as a matter of corporate decision-making or in response to changes in local laws and 
regulations. We cannot assure you that expenses or losses for uncollectible amounts will not have a material adverse effect on our 
revenues, earnings and cash flows.

We operate in highly competitive markets. Our failure to compete effectively could harm our business. 

We sell our products in highly competitive markets, which could result in pressure on our profit margins and limit our ability 
to maintain or increase the market share of our products. We compete on a number of fronts, including on the basis of product 
offerings, technical capabilities, quality, service and pricing. We have a number of competitors with substantial technological and 
financial resources, brand recognition and established relationships with global service providers. Some of our competitors have 
lower cost structures, support from local governments, or both. In addition, new competitors may enter the markets in which we 
participate. Competitors may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services or a more attractive mix of products or 
services, or services or other incentives that we cannot or will not match. These competitors may be in a stronger position to 
respond quickly to new or emerging technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns and make 
more attractive offers to potential customers, employees and strategic partners. In addition, competitive environments in slow-
growth markets, to which some of our businesses have exposure, have been inherently more influenced by pricing and domestic 
and global economic conditions. To remain competitive, we need to invest in manufacturing, marketing, customer service and 
support and our distribution networks. No assurances can be made that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make the 
investment required to maintain or increase our market share or that our investments will be successful. If we do not compete 
successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

13

Changes in tax laws and regulations or other factors could cause our income tax obligations to increase, potentially reducing 
our net income and adversely affecting our cash flows.

We are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions around the world. In preparing our financial statements, we provide for 
income taxes based on current tax laws and regulations and the estimated taxable income within each of these jurisdictions. Our 
income tax obligations, however, may be higher due to numerous factors, including changes in tax laws or regulations and the 
outcome of audits and examinations of our tax returns.

Officials in some of the jurisdictions in which we do business have proposed, or announced that they are reviewing, tax 
changes that could potentially increase taxes, and other revenue-raising laws and regulations, including those that may be enacted 
as a result of the OECD Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project. Any such changes in tax laws or regulations could impose new 
restrictions, costs or prohibitions on existing practices as well as reduce our net income and adversely affect our cash flows.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted which significantly changed United States 
(“U.S.”) income tax law for businesses and individuals. The Act introduced changes that impacted U.S. corporate tax rates (e.g., 
a reduction in the top tax rate from 35% to 21%), business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits. The Act also has tax 
consequences for many entities that operate internationally, including the timing and the amount of tax to be paid on undistributed 
foreign earnings. Certain aspects of the Act are unclear and, thus, we anticipate subsequent regulations and interpretations to be 
issued that will provide additional guidance around application of the Act. The additional guidance could have a material impact 
on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

There is a risk that we could be challenged by tax authorities on certain of the tax positions we have taken, or will take, on 
our tax returns. Although we believe that current tax laws and regulations support our positions, there can be no assurance that 
tax authorities will agree with our positions. In the event tax authorities were to challenge one or more of our tax positions, an 
unfavorable outcome could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. 

If the fair value of any of our reporting units is insufficient to recover the carrying value of the goodwill and other intangibles 
of the respective reporting unit, a material non-cash charge to earnings could result.

At December 31, 2018, we had goodwill and other intangible assets, net, of $592.8. We conduct annual impairment testing 
to determine if we will be able to recover all or a portion of the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles. In 
addition, we review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment more frequently if impairment indicators arise. 
If the fair value is insufficient to recover the carrying value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles, we may be required 
to record a material non-cash charge to earnings.

The fair values of our reporting units generally are based on discounted cash flow projections that are believed to be reasonable 
under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of 
the reported net assets of our reporting units. Other considerations are also incorporated, including comparable price multiples. 
Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates 
and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition such as volume, price, 
service, product performance and technical innovations and estimates associated with cost reduction initiatives, capacity utilization, 
and  assumptions  for  inflation  and  foreign  currency  changes. We  monitor  impairment  indicators  across  all  of  our  businesses. 
Significant changes in market conditions and estimates or judgments used to determine expected future cash flows that indicate 
a reduction in carrying value may give, and have given, rise to impairments in the period that the change becomes known.

Cost reduction actions may affect our business.

Cost reduction actions often result in charges against earnings. These charges can vary significantly from period to period 
and, as a result, we may experience fluctuations in our reported net income and earnings per share due to the timing of restructuring 
actions.

Our current and planned products may contain defects or errors that are detected only after delivery to customers. If that 
occurs, our reputation may be harmed and we may face additional costs.

We cannot assure you that our product development, manufacturing and integration testing will be adequate to detect all 
defects, errors, failures and quality issues that could impact customer satisfaction or result in claims against us with regard to our 
products. As a result, we may have, and from time to time have had, to replace certain components and/or provide remediation in 
response to the discovery of defects in products that are shipped. The occurrence of any defects, errors, failures or quality issues 
could result in cancellation of orders, product returns, diversion of our resources, legal actions by our customers or our customers’ 

14

end users and other losses to us or to any of our customers or end users, and could also result in the loss of or delay in market 
acceptance of our products and loss of sales, which would harm our business and adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

Changes in key estimates and assumptions related to our defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, such as discount 
rates, assumed long-term return on assets, assumed long-term trends of future cost, and accounting and legislative changes, 
as well as actual investment returns on our pension plan assets and other actuarial factors, could affect our results of operations 
and cash flows.

We have defined benefit pension and postretirement plans, including both qualified and non-qualified plans, which cover a 
portion of our salaried and hourly employees and retirees, including a portion of our employees and retirees in foreign countries. 
As of December 31, 2018, our net liability to these plans was $150.7. The determination of funding requirements and pension 
expense or income associated with these plans involves significant judgment, particularly with respect to discount rates, long-
term trends of future costs and other actuarial assumptions. If our assumptions change significantly due to changes in economic, 
legislative and/or demographic experience or circumstances, our pension and other benefit plans’ expense, funded status and our 
required cash contributions to such plans could be negatively impacted. In addition, returns on plan assets could have a material 
impact on our pension plans’ expense, funded status and our required contributions to the plans. Changes in regulations or law 
could also significantly impact our obligations. For example, see “MD&A - Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates” 
for the impact that changes in certain assumptions used in the calculation of our costs and obligations associated with these plans 
could have on our results of operations and financial position.

We are subject to work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes and other matters associated with our labor force, which 
may adversely impact our operations and cause us to incur incremental costs.

At December 31, 2018, we had six domestic collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 1,000 of our over 
4,000 employees. Two of these collective bargaining agreements expire in 2019 and are scheduled for negotiation and renewal. 
We also have various collective labor arrangements covering certain non-U.S. employee groups. We are subject to potential union 
campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations and other potential labor disputes. Further, we may be subject to work stoppages, 
which are beyond our control, at our suppliers or customers.

Provisions in our corporate documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent a change in control of our company, and 
accordingly, we may not consummate a transaction that our stockholders consider favorable.

Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws may inhibit changes in control of our company not approved by 
our Board. These provisions include, for example: a staggered board of directors; a prohibition on stockholder action by written 
consent; a requirement that special stockholder meetings be called only by our Chairman, President or Board; advance notice 
requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; limitations on stockholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the By-
laws; enhanced voting requirements for certain business combinations involving substantial stockholders; the authority of our 
Board  to  issue,  without  stockholder  approval,  preferred  stock  with  terms  determined  in  its  discretion;  and  limitations  on 
stockholders’ ability to remove directors. In addition, we are afforded the protections of Section 203 of the Delaware General 
Corporation Law, which could have similar effects. In general, Section 203 prohibits us from engaging in a “business combination” 
with an “interested stockholder” (each as defined in Section 203) for at least three years after the time the person became an 
interested stockholder unless certain conditions are  met. These  protective provisions could result in our  not consummating a 
transaction that our stockholders consider favorable or discourage entities from attempting to acquire us, potentially at a significant 
premium to our then-existing stock price.

Increases in the number of shares of our outstanding common stock could adversely affect our common stock price or dilute 
our earnings per share.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock into the public market, or the perception that these sales could 
occur, could have a material adverse effect on our stock price. As of December 31, 2018, we had the ability to issue up to an 
additional 1.683 shares as restricted stock shares, restricted stock units, performance stock units, or stock options under our 2002 
Stock  Compensation  Plan,  as  amended  in  2006,  2011,  2012,  2015,  and  2017,  and  our  2006  Non-Employee  Directors’  Stock 
Incentive Plan. We also may issue a significant number of additional shares, in connection with acquisitions, through a registration 
statement, or otherwise. Additional shares issued would have a dilutive effect on our earnings per share.

The Spin-Off of SPX FLOW could result in substantial tax liability to us and our stockholders.

In connection with the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW we received opinions of tax counsel satisfactory to us as to the tax-free 
treatment of the Spin-Off and certain related transactions. However, if the factual assumptions or representations upon which the 
opinions are based are inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect, we will not be able to rely on the opinions. Furthermore, 

15

the opinions are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or the courts. Accordingly, the IRS may challenge the 
conclusions set forth in the opinions and any such challenge could prevail. If, notwithstanding the opinions, the Spin-Off or a 
related transaction is determined to be taxable, we could be subject to a substantial tax liability. In addition, if the Spin-Off is 
determined to be taxable, each holder of our common stock who received shares of SPX FLOW would generally be treated as 
having received a taxable distribution of property in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares received.

The Spin-Off may expose us to potential liabilities arising out of state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal dividend 
requirements.

The Spin-Off is subject to review under various state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws. Fraudulent conveyance laws 
generally provide that an entity engages in a constructive fraudulent conveyance when (1) the entity transfers assets and does not 
receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value in return, and (2) the entity (a) is insolvent at the time of the transfer or 
is rendered insolvent by the transfer, (b) has unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business, or (c) intends to incur 
or believes it will incur debts beyond its ability to repay its debts as they mature. An unpaid creditor or an entity acting on behalf 
of a creditor (including, without limitation, a trustee or debtor-in-possession in a bankruptcy by us or SPX FLOW or any of our 
respective subsidiaries) may bring a lawsuit alleging that the Spin-Off or any of the related transactions constituted a constructive 
fraudulent conveyance. If a court accepts these allegations, it could impose a number of remedies, including, without limitation, 
voiding the distribution and returning SPX FLOW’s assets or SPX FLOW’s shares and subject us to liability.

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdiction’s law 
is applied. Generally, an entity would be considered insolvent if (1) the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the 
amount of its liabilities (including contingent liabilities); (2) the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than its probable 
liabilities  on  its  debts  as  such  debts  become  absolute  and  matured;  (3) it  cannot  pay  its  debts  and  other  liabilities  (including 
contingent liabilities and other commitments) as they mature; or (4) it has unreasonably small capital for the business in which it 
is engaged. We cannot assure you what standard a court would apply to determine insolvency or that a court would determine that 
we, SPX FLOW or any of our respective subsidiaries were solvent at the time of or after giving effect to the Spin-Off.

The distribution of SPX FLOW common stock is also subject to review under state corporate distribution statutes. Under 
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), a corporation may only pay dividends to its stockholders 
either (1) out of its surplus (net assets) or (2) if there is no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend 
is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

Although we believe that we and SPX FLOW were each solvent at the time of the Spin-Off (including immediately after the 
distribution of shares of SPX FLOW common stock), that we are able to repay our debts as they mature and have sufficient capital 
to carry on our businesses, and that the distribution was made entirely out of surplus in accordance with Section 170 of the DGCL, 
we cannot assure you that a court would reach the same conclusions in determining whether SPX FLOW or we were insolvent at 
the time of, or after giving effect to, the Spin-Off, or whether lawful funds were available for the separation and the distribution 
to our stockholders.

16

None.

ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

The following is a summary of our principal properties as of December 31, 2018:

ITEM 2. Properties

Location

Facilities

Owned

Leased

No. of

Approximate
Square Footage

HVAC reportable segment

6 U.S. states and 2 foreign countries

Detection and Measurement reportable segment

5 U.S. states and 2 foreign countries

Engineered Solutions reportable segment

All Other (including corporate)

7 U.S. states and 0 foreign country

2 U.S. states and 1 foreign country

Total

9

10

10

4

33

(in millions)

0.6

0.3

1.8

0.6

3.3

1.1

0.2

0.1

0.1

1.5

In addition to manufacturing plants, we own various sales, service and other locations throughout the world. We consider 
these properties, as well as the related machinery and equipment, to be well maintained and suitable and adequate for their intended 
purposes.

ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the normal course of business. We believe these matters are 
either without merit or of a kind that should not have a material effect individually or in the aggregate on our financial position, 
results of operations or cash flows; however, we cannot assure you that these proceedings or claims will not have a material effect 
on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

See “Risk Factors,” “MD&A — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Contingent Liabilities,” and Note 14 to our 

consolidated financial statements for further discussion of legal proceedings.

Not applicable.

ITEM 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
P A R T    I I

ITEM 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SPXC.”

We discontinued dividend payments in 2015 and, thus, there were no dividends declared in 2016, 2017, or 2018.

There were no repurchases of common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2018. The number of shareholders 

of record of our common stock as of February 8, 2019 was 2,959.

Company Performance

This graph shows a five-year comparison of cumulative total returns for SPX, the S&P 500 Index, the S&P 1500 Industrials 
Index, and the S&P 600 Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on December 31, 2013 and the reinvestment of 
dividends.

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

SPX Corporation

$

100.00 $

87.59 $

38.13 $

96.95 $

128.29 $

S&P 500

S&P 1500 Industrials

S&P 600

100.00

100.00

100.00

113.69

108.47

104.44

115.26

105.53

100.93

129.04

127.06

125.91

157.22

153.83

140.68

114.48

150.33

133.25

126.96

18

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data

Summary of Operations
Revenues (1)(5)
Operating income (loss) (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)
Other income (expense), net (6)(7)(8)(9)
Interest expense, net

Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement/ early 
extinguishment of debt (9)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax (provision) benefit (10)
Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (11)
Net income (loss)

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common

shareholders

Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interests (12)

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common

shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable
noncontrolling interests

Basic income (loss) per share of common stock:

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) per share

Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock:

Income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Net income (loss) per share
Dividends declared per share (13)
Other financial data:

Total assets (2)
Total debt (2)
Other long-term obligations
SPX shareholders’ equity (2)
Noncontrolling interests
Capital expenditures
Depreciation and amortization

As of and for the year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

(in millions, except per share amounts)

$

$

1,538.6
107.6
(7.6)
(20.0)

$

1,425.8
59.9
(7.1)
(15.8)

$

1,472.3
70.0
(15.3)
(14.0)

1,559.0
(106.3)
(25.9)
(20.7)

$ 1,694.4
(89.3)
394.0
(20.1)

(0.4)

79.6
(1.4)
78.2
3.0
81.2

—

81.2
—

(0.9)

36.1
47.9
84.0
5.3
89.3

—

89.3
—

81.2

$

89.3

$

$

$

$

1.98
0.13
2.11

1.91
0.12
2.03

$

$

$

1.82
0.07
1.89

1.75
0.07
1.82

$
— $

$
— $

(1.3)

39.4
(9.1)
30.3
(97.9)
(67.6)

(0.4)

(67.2)
(18.1)

(1.4)

(32.5)

(154.3)
2.7
(151.6)
34.6
(117.0)

(34.3)

(82.7)
—

252.1
(137.5)
114.6
269.3
383.9

(9.5)

393.4
—

(85.3) $

(82.7) $

393.4

$

0.30
(2.35)
(2.05) $

$

0.30
(2.32)
(2.02) $
— $

(2.90) $
0.87
(2.03) $

(2.90) $
0.87
(2.03) $
$
0.75

2.98
6.30
9.28

2.94
6.20
9.14
1.50

$

$

2,057.5
381.8
840.5
414.9
—
12.4
29.2

2,040.4
356.8
915.4
314.7
—
11.0
25.2

$

1,912.5
356.2
921.1
191.6
—
11.7
26.5

2,179.3
371.8
851.6
345.4
(37.1)
16.0
37.0

$ 5,894.3
733.1
861.8
1,808.7
3.2
19.3
40.6

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

___________________________________________________________________

(1)  As previously indicated, on March 1, 2018 and June 7, 2018, we completed the acquisitions of Schonstedt and Cues, 
respectively.  The aggregate revenues and operating income for these businesses, from their respective dates of acquisition, 
totaled $60.4 and $1.1, respectively, in 2018.

As indicated in Notes 1, 3, and 5 to our consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2018, we adopted the new 
revenue recognition requirements of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, with the requirements of ASC 
606 adopted on a modified retrospective basis.  The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in an increase in revenues and operating 
income of $14.2 and $2.0, respectively, in 2018, when compared to the amounts that would have been recorded under 
the previous revenue recognition standard.

During 2018, 2017, 2015 and 2014, we made revisions to expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in 
South Africa. These revisions resulted in a reduction of revenue and operating income of $2.7 and $4.7, respectively, in 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018,  $36.9 and $52.8, respectively, in 2017, $57.2 and $95.0, respectively, in 2015, and a reduction of revenue and 
operating income of $25.0 in 2014. See Notes 6 and 14 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.

(2)  As previously discussed, on September 26, 2015, we completed the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW.  During 2015 and 2014 
there was a significant amount of general and administrative costs associated with corporate employees and other corporate 
support that transferred to SPX FLOW at the time of the Spin-Off and did not meet the requirements to be presented 
within discontinued operations. 

(3)  During 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer for cash proceeds 

of $9.0 and other consideration. In connection with the settlement, we recorded a gain of $10.2.

(4)  During 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $30.1 related to the intangible assets of our Heat Transfer business.

During 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $10.9 related to the trademarks of our Heat Transfer business. In 
addition, during 2014, we recorded an impairment charge of $18.0 related to our former dry cooling business’s investment 
in a joint venture with Shanghai Electric Group Co., Ltd. 

(5)  During 2016, we sold our dry cooling business, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $18.4. Revenues for our dry cooling business 

totaled $6.7, $87.3, and $130.5 during 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

(6)  During 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014, we recognized income (expense) related to changes in the fair value of plan 
assets, actuarial gains (losses), settlement gains (losses) and curtailment gains (losses) of $(6.6), $(1.6) $(12.0), $(15.9), 
and $(95.0), respectively, associated with our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

(7)  On January 7, 2014, we completed the sale of our 44.5% interest in EGS Electrical Group, LLC (“EGS”) to Emerson 
Electric Co. for cash proceeds of $574.1, which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $491.2. Accordingly, we recognized no equity 
earnings from this joint venture after 2013. 

(8)  During 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014, we recognized losses of $(0.3), $(3.3), $(2.4), $(8.6), and $(2.6), respectively, 
associated  with  foreign  currency  transactions,  foreign  currency  forward  contracts,  and  currency  forward  embedded 
derivatives.

During 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, and 2014, we recorded charges of  $2.0, $3.5, $4.2, $8.0, and $3.1 respectively, associated 
with asbestos product liability matters.

(9)  During the fourth quarter of 2018, we elected to reduce our participation foreign credit instrument facility commitment 
and our bilateral foreign credit instrument facility commitment by $35.0 and $15.0, respectively. In connection with the 
reduction of our foreign credit instrument facility commitments, we recorded a charge of $0.4 associated with the write-
off of the unamortized deferred financing fees related to this previously available issuance capacity of $50.0.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement.  In connection with the amendment, we 
recorded a charge of $0.9, which consisted of the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related 
to our senior credit facilities.  In addition, we discontinued hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements that 
were entered into to hedge the interest rate risk on our then existing variable rate term loan, which resulted in a gain 
during 2017 of $2.7 that was recorded to “Other expense, net.”  

During the third quarter of 2016, we elected to reduce our foreign credit instrument facilities. In connection with the 
reduction, we recorded a charge of $1.3 associated with the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related 
to this previously available issuance capacity.

During the third quarter of 2015, we refinanced our senior credit facility in preparation of the Spin-Off. As a result of the 
refinancing, we recorded a charge of $1.4 which consisted of the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred 
financing costs related to our prior credit agreement.

During the first quarter of 2014, we completed the redemption of all of our 7.625% senior notes due in December 2014 
for a total redemption price of $530.6. As a result of the redemption, we recorded a charge of $32.5 associated with the 
loss on early extinguishment of debt, which related to premiums paid to redeem the senior notes of $30.6, the write-off 
of unamortized deferred financing costs of $1.0, and other costs associated with the extinguishment of the senior notes 
of $0.9.

(10)  During 2018, our income tax provision was impacted most significantly by (i) the utilization of  $33.0 of prior years’ 
losses generated in foreign jurisdictions in which no benefit was previously recognized, (ii) $7.0 of tax benefits related 
to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, and (iii) 
$2.2 of excess tax benefits resulting from stock-based compensation awards that vested during the year.

20

During 2017, our income tax benefit was impacted most significantly by (i) a tax benefit of $77.6 related to a worthless 
stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary and (ii) $4.9 of tax benefits 
related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, 
partially offset by (iii) $11.8 of provisional tax charges associated with the impact of the Act and (iv) $68.2 of foreign 
losses generated during the year for which no foreign tax benefit was recognized as future realization of a foreign tax 
benefit is considered unlikely.

During 2016, our income tax provision was impacted by $0.3 of income taxes that were provided in connection with the 
$18.4 gain that was recorded on the sale of the dry cooling business, $2.4 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, 
statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, and $13.7 of foreign losses generated 
during the year for which no tax benefit was recognized, as future realization of such tax benefit is considered unlikely.

During 2015, our income tax benefit was impacted by (i) the effects of approximately $139.0 of foreign losses generated 
during the year for which no tax benefit was recognized, as future realization of any such tax benefit is considered unlikely, 
(ii) $3.7 of foreign taxes incurred during the year related to the Spin-Off and the reorganization actions undertaken to 
facilitate the Spin-Off, and (iii) $3.4 of taxes related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments 
to liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

During 2014, our income tax provision was impacted by the U.S. income taxes provided in connection with the $491.2 
gain on the sale of our interest in EGS, income tax charges of $33.8 related to net increases in valuation allowances 
recorded against certain foreign deferred income tax assets, and $11.4 of income tax charges related to the repatriation 
of certain earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. In addition, our income tax provision was impacted unfavorably by a 
low effective tax rate on foreign losses. The impact of these items was partially offset by the following income tax benefits: 
(i) $16.2 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations and other adjustments to liabilities for 
uncertain tax positions, with the most notable being the closure of our U.S. tax examination for the years 2008 through 
2011, and (ii) $6.4 of tax benefits related to a loss on an investment in a foreign subsidiary.

(11)  During 2018, we reached a settlement with the buyer of Balcke Dürr on the amount of cash and working capital at the 
closing date, as well as on various other matters, for a net payment from the buyer in the amount of Euro 3.0. The settlement 
resulted in a reduction of the net loss on sale of $3.8. 

During 2017, we reduced the net loss associated with the sale of Balcke Dürr by $6.8. The reduction was comprised of 
an additional income tax benefit recorded for the sale of $9.4, partially offset by the impact of adjustments to liabilities 
retained in connection with the sale and certain other adjustments. 

During 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr, resulting in a net loss of $78.6. The operating results of Balcke Dürr 
are presented within discontinued operations for all periods presented.

During 2015, we completed the Spin-Off of SPX FLOW. The operating results of SPX FLOW are presented within 
discontinued operations for all periods presented.

During  2014,  we  sold  our  Thermal  Product  Solutions,  Precision  Components,  and  Fenn  businesses,  resulting  in  an 
aggregate gain of $14.4. 

See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding our discontinued operations.

(12)  In connection with our noncontrolling interest in our South African subsidiary, we have reflected an adjustment of $18.1
to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” for the excess redemption amount of the 
put option in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016. See Note 
14 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the put option and this adjustment.

(13)  In connection with the Spin-Off, we discontinued dividend payments immediately following the dividend payment for 

the second quarter of 2015.

21

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations

(All currency and share amounts are in millions)

The following should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. Unless 

otherwise indicated, amounts provided in Item 7 pertain to continuing operations only.

Executive Overview 

Revenue for 2018 totaled $1,538.6, compared to $1,425.8 in 2017 (and $1,472.3 in 2016). The increase in revenues was 
primarily due to the impact of the acquisitions of Schonstedt and Cues during 2018 (see below for additional details). In addition, 
revenues for 2018 were higher, when compared to 2017, due to (i) the impact of the adoption of ASC 606 (see below for additional 
details) and (ii) a reduction in revenue of $36.9 during 2017 resulting from revisions to the expected revenues and costs on our 
large power projects in South Africa (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details). Organic revenue 
was generally flat in 2018 as the significant increases for the businesses within our HVAC reportable segment were offset by 
declines associated with (i) lower sales of process cooling products and (ii) the continued wind-down of our Heat Transfer business 
(see below for additional details) and our large power projects in South Africa. The decrease in revenue in 2017, compared to 
2016, was due primarily to the aforementioned $36.9 reduction in revenue on our large power projects in South Africa and, to a 
lesser extent, a decline in organic revenue.    

For 2018, operating income totaled $107.6, compared to $59.9 in 2017 (and $70.0 in 2016).  The increase in operating 
income during 2018, compared to 2017, was primarily due to an increase in profits within our HVAC reportable segment associated 
with organic revenue growth during the year.  In addition, operating income for 2017 was impacted by (i) a reduction in profit of 
$52.8 associated with revisions during the second and fourth quarters of 2017 to the expected revenues and costs on our large 
power projects in South Africa and (ii) a gain of $10.2 on a contract settlement within our Heat Transfer business.  Operating 
income for 2017, compared to 2016, was negatively impacted by the $52.8 charge noted above and favorably impacted by the 
$10.2 gain noted above, as well as an increase in profits within our Detection and Measurement reportable segment associated 
with organic revenue growth during the year.  In addition, operating income for 2016 was impacted by (i) a gain on the sale of the 
dry cooling business of $18.4 and (ii) intangible asset impairment charges of $30.1, as further discussed below.

Operating cash flows from continuing operations totaled $112.9 in 2018, compared to $53.5 in 2017 (and $45.7 in 2016).  
The increase in operating cash flows from continuing operations, compared to 2017, was primarily the result of net income tax 
refunds in 2018 of $44.3 (versus net income tax payments in 2017 of $22.9).  The increase in operating cash flows from continuing 
operations  in  2017,  compared  to  2016,  was  due  primarily  to  improved  operating  cash  flows  across  our  businesses  related  to 
improved profitability and reductions in working capital, partially offset by a year-over-year increase in net income tax payments 
($22.9 in 2017, compared to $4.8 in 2016) and an increase in cash outflows associated with our large power projects in South 
Africa ($56.5 in 2017, compared to $33.1 in 2016).

Other significant items impacting the financial results for 2018, 2017, and 2016 are as follows:

2018:

•  Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted a new standard on revenue recognition (“ASC 606”) using the modified retrospective 

transition approach - See Notes 1, 3 and 5 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details:

  The most significant effect of adopting ASC 606 is on our power transformer business.
  The adoption of ASC 606 resulted in an increase in revenues of $14.2 and an increase in operating income of $2.0
during 2018 as compared to the amounts that would have been recorded under the prior revenue recognition standard.

•  On March 1, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Schonstedt - See Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements 

for additional details:

  The purchase price for Schonstedt was $16.4, net of cash acquired of $0.3.

Schonstedt’s revenues for the twelve months prior to the date of acquisition were approximately $9.0.

  The post-acquisition operating results of Schonstedt are reflected within our Detection and Measurement reportable 

segment.

22

 
•  On March 8, 2018, we settled our then-existing interest rate swap agreement (“Old Swaps”) and entered into a new interest 

rate swap agreement (“New Swaps”) - See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details:

  Old Swaps

  We discontinued hedge accounting for the Old Swaps in the fourth quarter of 2017 in connection with an 

amendment of our senior credit agreement.

  During  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  2018,  we  recorded  a  gain  of  $0.6  (to  “Other  expense,  net”) 
representing the change in fair value of the Old Swaps from January 1, 2018 through the date of settlement 
on March 8, 2018.

  New Swaps

  The New Swaps have an initial notional amount of $260.0 and effectively convert a portion of our borrowings 

under our senior credit agreement to a fixed interest rate of 2.535%, plus the applicable margin. 

  We have designated, and are accounting for, the New Swaps as cash flow hedges.  

•  On April 30, 2018, we reached an agreement with a subsidiary of mutares AG, the acquirer of Balcke Dürr in 2016 (the 
“Buyer”), on (i) the amount of cash and working capital of Balcke Dürr at the closing date of the sale and (ii) various other 
matters. The settlement resulted in:

  A net payment from the Buyer in the amount of Euro 3.0; and
  A gain, net of tax, of $3.8, which was recorded to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” 

during 2018.  

•  On June 7, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Cues - See Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for 

additional details:

  The purchase price for Cues was $164.4, net of cash acquired of $20.6.  
  Cues’ revenues for the twelve months prior to the acquisition were approximately $84.0.
  The  post-acquisition  operating  results  of  Cues  are  reflected  within  our  Detection  and  Measurement  reportable 

segment.

•  During the second quarter of 2018, as a continuation of our strategic shift away from power generation end markets, we 

initiated a plan to wind-down the Heat Transfer business.  

In connection with the planned wind-down, we recorded charges of $3.5 during 2018 with $0.9 related to the write-
down of inventories (included in “Cost of products sold”), $0.6 related to the impairment of machinery and equipment 
and $2.0 related to severance costs (both included in “Special charges, net”).  
In addition, we sold certain intangible assets of the Heat Transfer business for net cash proceeds of $4.8, which 
resulted in a gain of less than $0.1 within our 2018 operating results.  
  We anticipate completing the wind-down during the first half of 2019. 

•  Actuarial  Losses  on  Pension  and  Postretirement  Plans  (See  Notes  1  and  10  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for 
additional details) - We recorded net actuarial losses of $6.6 in the fourth quarter of 2018 in connection with the annual 
remeasurement of our pension and postretirement plans.

2017:

• 

Income Tax Matters (see Notes 1 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details):

  During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $77.6 for a worthless stock deduction in the 

U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary.

  On December 22, 2017, the Act was enacted which significantly changes U.S. income tax law for businesses and 
individuals.  As a result of the Act, we recorded provisional net income tax charges of $11.8 during the fourth quarter 
of 2017. 

•  Gain from a Contract Settlement - During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then 

ultimately cancelled by a customer.  In connection with the settlement, we:
  Received cash proceeds of $9.0 and other consideration; and
  Recorded a gain of $10.2.

•  Amendment of Senior Credit Agreement - On December 19, 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement (see Note 12 to 

our consolidated financial statements for additional details).  In connection with the amendment, we recorded:

  A charge of $0.9 associated with the write-off of a portion of the deferred financing costs associated with the senior 

credit agreement; and

23

 
 
  A gain of $2.7 related to the discontinuance of hedge accounting for the interest rate swap agreements that were 

entered into to hedge the interest rate risk on our then existing term loan.

•  Actuarial Gains and Losses on Pension and Postretirement Plans (see Notes 1 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements 

for additional details) - We recorded:

  An actuarial gain during the third quarter of 2017 of $2.6 related to an amendment to our postretirement plans; and
  Net actuarial losses of $4.2 in the fourth quarter of 2017 in connection with the annual remeasurement of our pension 

and postretirement plans.  

2016:

• 

• 

Sale of Dry Cooling Business - On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of the dry cooling business (see Notes 1 and 4 to 
our consolidated financial statements for additional details).  In connection with the sale, we:

  Received cash proceeds of $47.6; and
  Recorded a gain of $18.4, which includes a reclassification from “Accumulated other comprehensive income” of 

$40.4 related to foreign currency translation.

Sale of Balcke Dürr - On December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr (see Notes 1, 4, and 16 to our consolidated 
financial statements for additional details).  

  The results of Balcke Dürr are presented as a discontinued operation.

In connection with the sale, we:

  Received cash proceeds of less than $0.1;
  Left $21.1 of cash in the business at the time of the sale; and
  Recorded a net loss of $78.6 to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” within 

our consolidated statement of operations for 2016.

• 

Intangible Asset Impairment Charges - We recorded impairment charges of $30.1 related to the intangible assets of our Heat 
Transfer business, which included $23.9 for definite-lived intangible assets and $6.2 for indefinite-lived intangible assets. 

•  Actuarial Losses on Pension and Postretirement Plans (see Notes 1 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements for additional 

details) - During the year, we recorded net actuarial losses of $12.0.  

Results of Continuing Operations

Cyclicality of End Markets, Seasonality and Competition—The financial results of our businesses closely follow changes in 
the industries in which they operate and end markets in which they serve. In addition, certain of our businesses have seasonal 
fluctuations. For example, our heating and ventilation businesses tend to be stronger in the third and fourth quarters, as customer 
buying habits are driven largely by seasonal weather patterns. In aggregate, our businesses generally tend to be stronger in the 
second half of the year.

Although our businesses operate in highly competitive markets, our competitive position cannot be determined accurately 
in the aggregate or by segment since none of our competitors offer all the same product lines or serve all the same markets as we 
do.  In  addition,  specific  reliable comparative figures  are  not  available  for  many  of  our  competitors.  In  most  product  groups, 
competition comes from numerous concerns, both large and small. The principal methods of competition are service, product 
performance, technical innovation and price. These methods vary with the type of product sold. We believe we compete effectively 
on the basis of each of these factors.

Non-GAAP Measures —Organic revenue growth (decline) presented herein is defined as revenue growth (decline) excluding 
the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, acquisitions/divestitures, the impact of accounting standard adoptions, and the impact 
of the revenue reduction that resulted from the third quarter 2018 and second and fourth quarter 2017 revisions to the expected 
revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa, which resulted in a reduction of revenues of $2.7 in 2018 and 
$36.9 in 2017. We believe this metric is a useful financial measure for investors in evaluating our operating performance for the 
periods presented, as, when read in conjunction with our revenues, it presents a useful tool to evaluate our ongoing operations and 
provides investors with a tool they can use to evaluate our management of assets held from period to period. In addition, organic 
revenue growth (decline) is one of the factors we use in internal evaluations of the overall performance of our business. This 
metric, however, is not a measure of financial performance under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
(“GAAP”), should not be considered a substitute for net revenue growth (decline) as determined in accordance with GAAP, and 
may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

24

 
The following table provides selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, including 

the reconciliation of organic revenue decline to net revenue increase (decline):

Revenues
Gross profit

% of revenues

Selling, general and administrative expense

% of revenues

Intangible amortization

Impairment of intangible assets
Special charges, net
Gain on contract settlement
Gain on sale of dry cooling business
Other expense, net
Interest expense, net
Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit
agreement
Income from continuing operations before income
taxes
Income tax (provision) benefit
Income from continuing operations
Components of consolidated revenue increase
(decline):
Organic
Foreign currency
Sale of dry cooling business
South Africa revenue revision
Acquisitions
Adoption of ASC 606
Net revenue increase (decline)

$

Year ended December 31,

$

2018
1,538.6
410.7
26.7%
292.6
19.0%
4.2

$

2017
1,425.8
330.2
23.2%
277.2
19.4%
0.6

2016
1,472.3
375.8
25.5%
286.0
19.4%
2.8

2018 vs

2017%

2017 vs

2016%

7.9%
24.4

(3.2)%
(12.1)

5.6

(3.1)

600.0

(78.6)

—
6.3
—
—
(7.6)
(20.0)

(0.4)

79.6
(1.4)
78.2

—
2.7
10.2
—
(7.1)
(15.8)

(0.9)

36.1
47.9
84.0

30.1
5.3
—
18.4
(15.3)
(14.0)

(1.3)

39.4
(9.1)
30.3

133.3

*

*
*

7.0
26.6

(55.6)

120.5

*
(6.9)

0.2
0.1
—
2.4
4.2
1.0
7.9

(49.1)

*

*
*

(53.6)
12.9

(30.8)

(8.4)

*

177.2

(0.8)
0.6
(0.5)
(2.5)
—
—
(3.2)

___________________________________________________________________

* 

Not meaningful for comparison purposes.

Revenues — For 2018, the increase in revenues, compared to 2017, was primarily due to the impact of the acquisitions of 
Schonstedt and Cues acquisition during 2018. In addition, revenues were higher, when compared to 2017, due to (i) the impact 
of the adoption of ASC 606 and (ii) a reduction in revenue of $36.9 during 2017 resulting from revisions to the expected revenues 
and costs on our large power projects in South Africa (see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details). 
Organic revenue was generally flat in 2018 as the significant increases for the businesses within our HVAC reportable segment 
were offset by declines associated with (i) lower sales of process cooling products and (ii) the continued wind-down of our Heat 
Transfer business and our large power projects in South Africa. See “Results of Reportable and Other Operating Segments” for 
additional details.

For 2017, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2016, was due, in part, to a decline in organic revenue associated with our 
Engineered Solutions reportable segment and our large power projects in South Africa, as these projects are in the latter stages of 
completion, partially offset by increases in organic revenue within our Detection and Measurement reportable segment. In addition, 
revenues were negatively impacted by (i) the reduction in revenue of $36.9 noted above related to our large power projects in 
South Africa and (ii) the impact of the sale of the dry cooling business at the end of the first quarter of 2016. These declines in 
revenue were partially offset by the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar during 2017.  See “Results of Reportable and Other Operating 
Segments” for additional details.

Gross Profit — For 2018, gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenues, compared to 2017, was favorably impacted 
by the increase in revenues noted above. Additionally, during 2017, gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenues were 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
negatively impacted by a reduction in gross profit of $52.8 resulting from revisions to expected revenues and costs on our large 
power projects in South Africa.  Lastly, during 2018, gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenue were negatively 
impacted by (i) charges of $4.6 associated with the excess fair value (over historical cost) of inventory acquired in the Schonstedt 
and Cues transactions which has been subsequently sold and (ii) a decline in profitability during 2018 for our power transformer 
business associated primarily with a less profitable sale mix, higher commodity costs, and less favorable cost absorption. 

The decrease in gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of revenue in 2017, compared to 2016, was due primarily to 
the reduction in gross profit noted above of $52.8 related to our large power projects in South Africa, partially offset by the impact 
of the organic revenue growth in our Detection and Measurement reportable segment noted above.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expense — For 2018, the increase in SG&A expense, compared to 2017, 
was primarily a result of the incremental SG&A associated with Schonstedt and Cues since their respective dates of acquisition 
and higher professional fees related to acquisition activities, partially offset by cost reductions associated with restructuring actions 
implemented over the past year.

For 2017, the decrease in SG&A expense, compared to 2016, was due primarily to the impact of (i) the sale of the dry cooling 

business at the end of the first quarter of 2016 and (ii) cost reduction actions within certain of our businesses during 2017.

Intangible Amortization — For 2018, the increase in intangible amortization, compared to 2017, was due to the impact of 

the intangible assets acquired in connection with the Schonstedt and Cues transactions.

For 2017, the decline in intangible amortization, compared to 2016, was primarily due to the impact of the $23.9 impairment 

charge recorded in the fourth quarter of 2016 associated with our Heat Transfer business’s definite-lived intangible assets.

Impairment of Intangible  Assets — During 2016, we recorded impairment charges of $30.1 related to the intangible assets 
of our Heat Transfer business, which included $23.9 for definite-lived intangible assets and $6.2 for indefinite-lived intangible 
assets.

Special Charges, Net — Special charges, net, related primarily to restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing, 
distribution,  sales  and  administrative  facilities,  reduce  workforce,  and  rationalize  certain  product  lines.  See  Note 7  to  our 
consolidated financial statements for the details of actions taken in 2018, 2017 and 2016. The components of special charges, net, 
are as follows:

Employee termination costs
Other cash costs, net
Non-cash asset write-downs

Total

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

5.7
—
0.6
6.3

$

$

2.5
0.2
—
2.7

$

$

1.7
—
3.6
5.3

Gain on Contract Settlement — During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then 
ultimately cancelled by a customer of our Heat Transfer business for cash proceeds of $9.0 and other consideration. In connection 
with the settlement, we recorded a gain of $10.2.

Gain on Sale of Dry Cooling Business — On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business resulting 

in a gain of $18.4. See Notes 1 and 4 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.

Other Expense, Net — Other expense, net, for 2018 was composed primarily of pension and postretirement expense of $3.9, 
charges  of  $5.0  associated  with  legacy  environmental  matters,  and  charges  of  $2.0  associated  with  asbestos  product  liability 
matters, partially offset by income of $1.5 related to the reduction of the parent company guarantees and bank surety bonds liability 
and the amortization of related indemnification assets that remain outstanding in connection with the Balcke Dürr sale, income 
from company-owned life insurance policies of $0.9, and equity earnings in joint ventures of $0.6.

Other  expense,  net,  for 2017 was  composed  primarily  of  pension  and  postretirement  expense  of  $5.1,  charges  of  $3.5 
associated with asbestos product liability matters, foreign currency transaction losses of $2.9, and  losses on currency forward 
embedded derivatives (“FX embedded derivatives”) of $0.6, partially offset by a gain of $2.7 associated with the discontinuance 
of hedge accounting on our interest rate swap agreements, income from company-owned life insurance policies of $1.7, and equity 
earnings in joint ventures of $0.7.

Other expense, net, for 2016 was composed primarily of pension and postretirement expense of $15.0, charges of $4.2 
associated with asbestos product liability matters, losses on foreign currency forward contracts (“FX forward contracts”) of $5.1, 
26

 
 
and losses on FX embedded derivatives of $1.2. These amounts were offset partially by foreign currency transaction gains of $3.9, 
income from company-owned life insurance policies of $2.8, equity earnings in joint ventures of $1.5, income associated with 
transition services provided in connection with the sale of the dry cooling business of $0.9, and gains on asset sales of $0.9.

Interest Expense, Net — Interest expense, net, includes both interest expense and interest income.  The increase in interest 
expense, net, during 2018, compared to 2017, was primarily a result of the borrowings required to finance the acquisition of Cues 
and a higher weighted-average interest rate during 2018 on the outstanding borrowings of our senior credit facilities.

The increase in interest expense, net, during 2017, compared to 2016, was primarily a result of a higher weighted-average 

interest rate and higher average debt balances during 2017, compared to 2016.

Loss on Amendment/Refinancing of Senior Credit Agreement — During the fourth quarter of 2018, we elected to reduce the 
issuance capacity of our foreign credit facilities under our senior credit agreement by $50.0.  In connection with such reduction, 
we recorded a charge of $0.4 associated with the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to the $50.0 of 
previously available issuance capacity.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement.  In connection with the amendment, we recorded 
a charge of $0.9, which consisted of the write-off of a portion of the unamortized deferred financing costs related to our senior 
credit facilities.    

In the third quarter of 2016, we reduced the issuance capacity under our foreign credit facilities by $200.0. In connection 
with such reduction, we recorded a charge of $1.3 associated with the write-off of the unamortized deferred financing costs related 
to the $200.0 of previously available issuance capacity.

Income Taxes — During 2018, we recorded an income tax provision of $1.4 on $79.6 of pre-tax income from continuing 
operations, resulting in an effective tax rate of 1.8%. The most significant items impacting effective tax rate for 2018 were (i) the 
utilization of $33.0 of prior years’ losses generated in foreign jurisdictions in which no benefit was previously recognized, (ii) 
$7.0 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax 
positions, and (iii) $2.2 of excess tax benefits resulting from stock-based compensation awards that vested during the year.

During 2017, we recorded an income tax benefit of $47.9 on $36.1 of a pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting 
in an effective tax rate of (132.7)%. The most significant items impacting effective tax rate for 2017 were (i) a tax benefit of $77.6
related to a worthless stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary and (ii) $4.9 of tax 
benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, 
partially offset by (iii) $11.8 of net tax charges associated with the impact of the Act described more fully above and (iv) $68.2 
of foreign losses generated during the year for which no foreign tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such foreign 
tax benefit is considered unlikely.

During 2016, we recorded an income tax provision of $9.1 on $39.4 of a pre-tax income from continuing operations, resulting 
in an effective tax rate of 23.1%. The most significant items impacting the effective tax rate for 2016 were the $0.3 of income 
taxes provided in connection with the $18.4 gain that was recorded on the sale of the dry cooling business, $13.7 of foreign losses 
generated during the period for which no tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such foreign tax benefit is considered 
unlikely, and $2.4 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for 
uncertain tax positions.

Sale of Balcke Dürr Business

Results of Discontinued Operations

As indicated in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, on December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke 
Dürr for cash proceeds of less than $0.1. In addition, we left $21.1 of cash in Balcke Dürr at the time of the sale. In connection 
with the sale, we recorded a net loss of $78.6 to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” during the 
fourth quarter of 2016. 

27

The results of Balcke Dürr are presented as a discontinued operation. Major classes of line items constituting pre-tax loss 

and after-tax loss of Balcke Dürr for the year ended December 31, 2016 are shown below:

Revenues
Costs and expenses:

Costs of products sold
Selling, general and administrative
Special charges (credits), net
Other expense, net
Loss before taxes
Income tax benefit

Loss from discontinued operations

$

153.4

144.2
31.4
(1.3)
(0.2)
(21.1)
4.5
(16.6)

$

The following table presents selected financial information for Balcke Dürr that is included within discontinued operations 

in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016: 

Non-cash items included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Depreciation and amortization

Capital expenditures

$

2.0
0.7

During 2017, we reduced the net loss associated with the sale of Balcke Dürr by $6.8. The reduction was comprised of an 
additional income tax benefit recorded for the sale of $9.4, partially offset by the impact of adjustments to liabilities retained in 
connection with the sale and certain other adjustments. During the second quarter of 2018, we reached a settlement with the Buyer 
on the amount of cash and working capital at the closing date, as well as on various other matters, for a net payment from the 
Buyer in the amount of Euro 3.0. The settlement resulted in a gain, net of tax, of $3.8, which was recorded to “Gain (loss) on 
disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” during the second quarter of 2018. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial 
statements for information on discontinued operations.

Other Discontinued Operations Activity

In addition to the businesses discussed above, we recognized net losses of $0.8, $1.5 and $2.7 during 2018, 2017 and 2016, 

respectively, resulting from adjustments to gains/losses on dispositions of businesses discontinued prior to 2016.

Changes in estimates associated with liabilities retained in connection with a business divestiture (e.g., income taxes) may 
occur. As a result, it is possible that the resulting gains/losses on these and other previous divestitures may be materially adjusted 
in subsequent periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, results of operations from our businesses reported as discontinued 

operations were as follows:

Balcke Dürr
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Income tax (provision) benefit
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

All other
Loss from discontinued operations
Income tax benefit
Loss from discontinued operations, net

Total
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Income tax (provision) benefit
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

28

Year ended December 31, 

2018

2017

2016

$

6.3
(2.5)
3.8

(2.6) $
9.4
6.8

(107.0)
11.8
(95.2)

(1.2)
0.4
(0.8)

(4.0)
2.5
(1.5)

(3.7)
1.0
(2.7)

5.1
(2.1)
3.0

$

(6.6)
11.9
5.3

$

(110.7)
12.8
(97.9)

$

$

Sale of Dry Cooling Business

Other Dispositions

As indicated in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements, on March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling 
business for cash proceeds for $47.6 (net of cash transferred with the business of $3.0).  In connection with the sale, we recorded 
a gain of $18.4.

Results of Reportable and Other Operating Segments

The following information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. These 
results exclude the operating results of discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial 
statements for a description of each of our reportable segments.

Non-GAAP Measures — Throughout the following discussion of reportable and other operating segments, we use “organic 
revenue” growth (decline) to facilitate explanation of the operating performance of our segments. Organic revenue growth (decline) 
is a non-GAAP financial measure, and is not a substitute for net revenue growth (decline). Refer to the explanation of this measure 
and purpose of use by management under “Results of Continuing Operations — Non-GAAP Measures.”

HVAC Reportable Segment

Revenues
Income

% of revenues

Components of revenue increase:
Organic
Foreign currency

Net revenue increase

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

582.1
90.0
15.5%

$

511.0
74.1
14.5%

509.5
80.2
15.7%

2018 vs.
2017%

2017 vs.
2016%

13.9
21.5

13.7
0.2
13.9

0.3
(7.6)

0.3
—
0.3

Revenues — For 2018, the increase in revenues, compared to 2017, was due to an increase in organic revenue and, to a lesser 
extent, the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar. The increase in organic revenue was a result of an increase in sales for all of the primary 
product lines within the segment.

For 2017, the increase in revenues, compared to 2016, was due to the increase in organic revenue. The increase in organic 
revenue was due primarily to an increase in sales of cooling products and heating and ventilation products, partially offset by a 
decline in sales of boiler products. 

Income — For 2018, income and margin increased, compared to 2017, primarily as a result of the organic revenue growth 

noted above.

For 2017, income and margin decreased, compared to 2016, primarily as a result of a less profitable sales mix associated 
with the segment’s cooling and boiler products as well as lower absorption of fixed costs within the boiler products business due 
to the lower sales volumes noted above.

Backlog — The segment had backlog of $46.9 and $41.4 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Approximately 

96% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Detection and Measurement Reportable Segment

Revenues
Income

% of revenues

Components of revenue increase:
Organic
Foreign currency
Acquisitions

Net revenue increase

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

320.9
72.4
22.6%

$

260.3
63.4
24.4%

226.4
45.3
20.0%

2018 vs.
2017%

2017 vs.
2016%

23.3
14.2

(0.3)
0.4
23.2
23.3

15.0
40.0

15.5
(0.5)
—
15.0

Revenues — For 2018, the increase in revenues, compared to 2017, was primarily due to the impact of the Schonstedt and 
Cues acquisitions, partially offset by a decline in organic revenue. The decline in organic revenue was due primarily to lower sales 
of bus fare collection systems.

For 2017, the increase in revenues, compared to 2016, was due to an increase in organic revenue. The increase in organic 

revenue was the result of an increase in sales for all of the primary product lines within the segment.

Income — For 2018, income increased compared to 2017, primarily as a result of the revenue increase noted above. The 
decrease in margin was primarily the result of (i) a charge of $4.6 associated with the excess fair value (over historical cost) of 
inventory acquired in the Cues and Schonstedt transactions which has been subsequently sold and (ii) the incremental amortization 
expense associated with the intangible assets acquired in these transactions, partially offset  by a more profitable sales mix in 2018.

For 2017, the increase in income and margin, compared to 2016, was due primarily to the revenue increase noted above and 
lower SG&A expense resulting from cost reductions within our bus fare collection systems’ and communication technologies’ 
businesses.

Backlog — The segment had backlog of $71.9 and $54.0 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Approximately 

76% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019. 

Engineered Solutions Reportable Segment

Revenues
Income

% of revenues

Components of revenue decline:
Organic
Sale of dry cooling business
Adoption of ASC 606
Net revenue decline

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

537.0
35.0
6.5%

$

560.7
44.2
7.9%

598.0
39.1
6.5%

2018 vs.
2017%

2017 vs.
2016%

(4.2)
(20.8)

(6.7)
—
2.5
(4.2)

(6.2)
13.0

(5.1)
(1.1)
—
(6.2)

Revenues — For 2018, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2017, was due primarily to a decline in organic revenue, 
partially offset by the impact of the adoption of ASC 606. The decline in organic revenue primarily resulted from a decrease in 
sales of process cooling products.  Revenue for the segment’s process cooling business continues to be impacted by a shift in its 
sales model, as the business is now focused more on high-margin components and services and less on low-margin large projects.

For 2017, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2016, was due primarily to a decline in organic revenue. The decline in 
organic revenue was the result of  lower sales of power transformers and process cooling products. The decrease in power transformer 
sales was due primarily to the timing of shipments, while the decrease in sales of process cooling products was primarily the result 
of the shift in the sales model noted above. 

Income — For 2018, the decrease in income and margin, compared to 2017, was due primarily to a decline in profitability 
for the segment’s power transformer business associated with a less profitable sale mix, higher commodity costs, and less favorable 
cost absorption during 2018.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For 2017, the increase in income and margin, compared to 2016, was due primarily to increased profits within the segment’s 

process cooling business primarily as a result of the shift in its sales model noted above.

Backlog — The segment had backlog of $311.2 and $320.6 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Approximately 

88% of the segment’s backlog as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019.

All Other

Revenues
Loss

% of revenues

Components of revenue increase (decline):
Organic
Foreign currency
South Africa revenue revision

Net revenue increase (decline)

Year Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

98.6
(18.9)
(19.2)%

$

93.8
(56.8)
(60.6)%

138.4
(21.8)
(15.8)%

2018 vs.
2017%

2017 vs.
2016%

5.1
(66.7)

(31.9)
0.5
36.5
5.1

(32.2)
160.6

(13.2)
7.7
(26.7)
(32.2)

Revenues — For 2018, the increase in revenues, compared to 2017, was due primarily to (i) a reduction in revenue of $36.9 
in 2017 related to revisions to the expected revenue and costs on our large power projects in South Africa and (ii) a weaker U.S. 
dollar versus the South African Rand during 2018, partially offset by a decline in organic revenue. The decline in organic revenue 
was the result of lower sales related to (i) the large power projects in South Africa, as these projects generally are in the latter 
stages of completion, and (ii) the impact of the wind-down of the Heat Transfer business.

For 2017, the decrease in revenues, compared to 2016, was due primarily to the $36.9 reduction in revenue noted above 
related to our large power projects in South Africa and a decline in organic revenue, partially offset by the impact of a weaker 
U.S. dollar versus the South African Rand during 2017. The decline in organic revenue was the result of lower sales related to the 
large power projects in South Africa, as these projects generally are in the latter stages of completion.

Loss — For 2018,  the decrease in the loss, compared to 2017, was due primarily to the fact that 2017 included a charge of 
$52.8 associated with revisions to the expected revenues and costs of our large power projects in South Africa, partially offset by 
a $10.2 gain resulting from the settlement of a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a customer of 
our Heat Transfer business.

For 2017, the increase in the loss, compared to 2016, was due primarily to the $52.8 charge noted above associated with our 

large power projects in South Africa, partially offset by the $10.2 gain noted above.

Backlog — These  operating  segments  had  aggregate  backlog  of  $26.8  and  $113.4  as  of  December 31,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. Approximately 97% of the backlog as of December 31, 2018 is expected to be recognized as revenue during 2019.

Corporate Expense and Other Expense

Total consolidated revenues
Corporate expense
% of revenues

Long-term incentive compensation expense

Year Ended December 31,

$

$

2018
1,538.6
48.5
3.2%
15.5

$

2017
1,425.8
46.2
3.2%
15.8

2016
1,472.3
41.7
2.8%
13.7

2018 vs.
2017%

2017 vs.
2016%

7.9
5.0

(1.9)

(3.2)
10.8

15.3

Corporate Expense — Corporate expense generally relates to the cost of our Charlotte, NC corporate headquarters. The 
increase in corporate expense in 2018, compared to 2017, was due primarily to professional fees and other costs incurred in 
connection with acquisition-related activities, partially offset by lower incentive compensation expense. The increase in corporate 
expense in 2017, compared to 2016, was due primarily to higher incentive compensation expense, as well as higher professional 
fees.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Expense —  The decrease in long-term incentive compensation expense during 2018, 
compared to 2017, was due to the impact of award forfeitures as a result of participant resignations during the year.  The increase 
in long-term incentive compensation expense during 2017, compared to 2016, was due primarily to additional charges of $1.6 in 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 associated with certain of our long-term cash-awards, as we now expect to exceed the three-year segment income performance 
target required of these awards. 

See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements for further details on our long-term incentive compensation plans.

Listed below are the cash flows from (used in) operating, investing and financing activities, and discontinued operations, 

as well as the net change in cash and equivalents for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

Liquidity and Financial Condition

Continuing operations:

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

Cash flows from (used in) discontinued operations

Change in cash and equivalents due to changes in foreign currency exchange

rates
Net change in cash and equivalents

2018 Compared to 2017

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

$

112.9
(184.2)
16.8

1.3

(2.3)
(55.5) $

$

53.5
(10.6)
(6.2)
(6.6)

(5.4)
24.7

$

45.7

44.1
(20.5)
(77.8)

6.7
(1.8)

Operating Activities — The increase in cash flows from operating activities, compared to 2017, was due primarily to net 

income tax refunds in 2018 of $44.3 (versus net income tax payments of $22.9 during 2017).

Investing Activities — Cash flows used in investing activities for 2018 were comprised primarily of cash utilized in the 
acquisitions  of  Schonstedt  and  Cues  of $180.8 and  capital  expenditures  of $12.4,  partially  offset  by  net  cash  proceeds 
of $4.8 received  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  certain  intangible  assets  of  our  Heat  Transfer  business  and  cash  proceeds 
of $4.6 received in connection with the subsequent sale of marketable securities acquired in connection with the Cues transaction. 
Cash flows used in investing activities for 2017 were comprised primarily of capital expenditures of $11.0.

Financing Activities — Cash flows from financing activities for 2018 primarily related to net borrowings in connection with 
the Cues acquisition. Cash flows used in financing activities for 2017 primarily related to financing fees of $3.6 paid in connection 
with the December 2017 amendment of our senior credit agreement and net repayments under our various debt instruments of 
$1.3.

Discontinued  Operations — Cash  flows  from  discontinued  operations  for  2018 related  primarily  to  proceeds 
of $3.6 received in connection with a settlement reached with the Buyer of Balcke Dürr, partially offset by disbursements for 
liabilities  retained  in  connection  with  dispositions.  Cash  flows  used  in  discontinued  operations  for  2017 related  primarily  to 
disbursements for liabilities retained in connection with dispositions.

Change in Cash and Equivalents Due to Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates — Changes in foreign currency 

exchange rates did not have a significant impact on our cash and equivalents during 2018 and 2017. 

2017 Compared to 2016

Operating Activities — The increase in cash flows from operating activities, compared to 2016, was due primarily to improved 
operating cash flows across our businesses related to improved profitability and reductions in working capital, partially offset by 
a year-over-year increase in net income tax payments ($22.9 in 2017, compared to $4.8 in 2016) and an increase in cash outflows 
associated with our large power projects in South Africa ($56.5 in 2017, compared to $33.1 in 2016). 

Investing Activities — Cash flows used in investing activities for 2017 were comprised primarily of capital expenditures 
of $11.0. Cash flows from investing activities for 2016 related to proceeds from asset sales of $48.1 (including proceeds from the 
sale of the dry cooling business of $47.6) and net proceeds from company-owned life insurance policies of $7.7, partially offset 
by capital expenditures of $11.7.

Financing Activities — During 2017, cash flows used in financing activities primarily related to financing fees of $3.6 paid 
in connection with the December 2017 amendment of our senior credit agreement and net repayments under our various debt 
instruments of $1.3.  During 2016, cash flows used in financing activities primarily related to net repayments of debt of $18.9.
32

 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued Operations — Cash flows used in discontinued operations for 2017 related to disbursements for liabilities 
retained in connection with dispositions, while cash flows used in discontinued operations during 2016 related primarily to the 
operations of our Balcke Dürr business and the cash disposed of in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr. 

Change in Cash and Equivalents Due to Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates — Changes in foreign currency 

exchange rates did not have a significant impact on our cash and equivalents during 2017 and 2016.

Borrowings

The following summarizes our debt activity (both current and non-current) for the year ended December 31, 2018:

Revolving loans
Term loan (1)
Trade receivables financing arrangement (2)
Other indebtedness (3)

Total debt
Less: short-term debt
Less: current maturities of long-term debt

Total long-term debt

$

$

Other (4)

December 31,
2018

December 31,
2017

— $

Borrowings
199.4
—
123.0
14.2
336.6

$

Repayments
$

(193.0) $ — $

—
(100.0)
(19.0)
(312.0) $

0.4
—
—
0.4

$

$

347.7
—
9.1
356.8
7.0
0.5
349.3

6.4
348.1
23.0
4.3
381.8
31.9
18.0
331.9

_____________________________________________________________

(1)  The term loan is repayable in quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial loan amount of $350.0, beginning in the first 
quarter of 2019, with the remaining balance payable in full on December 19, 2022. Balances are net of unamortized debt 
issuance costs of $1.9 and $2.3 at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. 

(2)  Under this arrangement, we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $50.0, as available. At December 31, 2018, we had 
$27.0 of available borrowing capacity under this facility after giving effect to outstanding borrowings of  $23.0. Borrowings 
under this arrangement are collateralized by eligible trade receivables of certain of our businesses.

(3)  Primarily includes balances under a purchase card program of $2.5 and $2.8, capital lease obligations of $1.8 and $2.1,  
and borrowings under a line of credit in China of $0.0 and $4.1, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The 
purchase card program allows for payment beyond the normal payment terms for goods and services acquired under the 
program. As this arrangement extends the payment of these purchases beyond their normal payment terms through third-
party lending institutions, we have classified these amounts as short-term debt.

(4)  “Other” primarily includes debt assumed, foreign currency translation on any debt instruments denominated in currencies 
other than the U.S. dollar, debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the term loan, and the impact of amortization 
of debt issuance costs associated with the term loan. 

Maturities of long-term debt payable during each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2018 are $18.0, $18.0, $17.9, 

$297.8 and $0.1, respectively.

Senior Credit Facilities

On December 19, 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) to, among other things, extend 
the term of each facility under the Credit Agreement (with the aggregate of each facility comprising the “Senior Credit Facilities”) 
and provide committed senior secured financing with an aggregate amount of $900.0. On November 16, 2018, we elected to reduce 
our participation foreign credit instrument facility commitment and our bilateral foreign credit instrument facility commitment by 
$35.0 and $15.0, respectively, which resulted in a reduction of our committed senior secured financing from $900.0 to $850.0.  
The components of our senior secured financing (each with a final maturity of December 19, 2022) were as follows as of December 
31, 2018:

•  A term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0;

•  A domestic revolving credit facility, available for loans and letters of credit, in an aggregate principal amount up to 

$200.0;

•  A global revolving credit facility, available for loans in Euros, GBP and other currencies, in an aggregate principal 

amount up to the equivalent of $150.0;

•  A participation foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an 

aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $110.0 (previously $145.0); and

33

•  A bilateral foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an aggregate 

principal amount up to the equivalent of $40.0 (previously $55.0).

In connection with the reduction of our foreign credit instrument facility commitments as noted above, we recorded a charge 
of $0.4 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement,” during the fourth quarter of 2018 associated with the 
write-off of the unamortized deferred financing fees related to this previously available issuance capacity of $50.0.

The above amendment of our Credit Agreement also:

•  Adjusts the maximum aggregate amount of additional commitments we may seek, without consent of existing lenders, 
to add an incremental term loan facility and/or increase the commitments in respect of the domestic revolving credit 
facility, the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility, and/or the bilateral 
foreign credit instrument facility, to (i) the greater of (A) $200.0 or (B) our Consolidated EBITDA for the preceding 
four fiscal quarters, plus (ii) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loan facility and the voluntary 
prepayments accompanied by permanent commitment reductions of revolving credit facilities and foreign credit 
instrument  facilities,  plus  (iii)  an  unlimited  amount  so  long  as,  immediately  after  giving  effect  thereto,  our 
Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the prior four fiscal quarters does not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 (with the 
provisions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) being essentially unchanged from the previous agreement);

• 

• 

Permits unlimited investments, capital stock repurchases and dividends, and prepayments of subordinated debt if 
our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to such payments, is less than 2.75 to 1.00 (2.50 to 
1.00 prior to the amendment);

Increases the Consolidated Leverage Ratio that we are required to maintain as of the last day of any fiscal quarter 
to not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions) and 
included certain add-backs in the definition of consolidated EBITDA used in determining such ratio; and

•  Adjusts per annum fees charged and the interest rate margins applicable to Eurodollar and alternate base rate loans, 

in each case based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, to be as follows:    

Consolidated
Leverage
Ratio

Greater than or equal to 3.00 to 1.0

Between 2.25 to 1.0 and 3.00 to 1.0

Between 1.50 to 1.0 and 2.25 to 1.0

Less than 1.50 to 1.0

Domestic
Revolving
Commitment
Fee

Global
Revolving
Commitment
Fee

Letter of
Credit
Fee

Foreign
Credit
Commitment
Fee

Foreign
Credit
Instrument
Fee

LIBOR
Rate
Loans

ABR
Loans

0.350%

0.350%

2.000%

0.350%

1.250%

2.000% 1.000%

0.300%

0.300%

1.750%

0.300%

1.000%

1.750% 0.750%

0.275%

0.275%

1.500%

0.275%

0.875%

1.500% 0.500%

0.250%

0.250%

1.375%

0.250%

0.800%

1.375% 0.375%

We are the borrower under each of the above facilities, and certain of our foreign subsidiaries are (and we may designate 
other foreign subsidiaries to be) borrowers under the global revolving credit facility and the foreign credit instrument facilities.  
All borrowings and other extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, 
including absence of defaults and accuracy in material respects of representations and warranties.

The letters of credit under the domestic revolving credit facility are stand-by letters of credit requested by SPX on behalf of 
any of our subsidiaries or certain joint ventures. The foreign credit instrument facility is used to issue foreign credit instruments, 
including bank undertakings to support our foreign operations.

The interest rates applicable to loans under the Credit Agreement are, at our option, equal to either (i) an alternate base rate
(the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., and (c) the one-month 
LIBOR rate plus 1.0%) or (ii) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate for dollars (Eurodollars) plus, in each case, an applicable margin 
percentage as previously discussed, which varies based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement 
generally as the ratio of consolidated total debt (excluding the face amount of undrawn letters of credit, bank undertakings and 
analogous instruments and net of cash and cash equivalents not to exceed $150.0) at the date of determination to consolidated 
adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended most recently before such date). We may elect interest periods of one, two, 
three or six months (and, if consented to by all relevant lenders, twelve months) for Eurodollar borrowings.

34

The weighted-average interest rate of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities was approximately 4.3%

at December 31, 2018.

The fees and bilateral foreign credit commitments are as specified above for foreign credit commitments unless otherwise 
agreed with the bilateral foreign issuing lender. We also pay fronting fees on the outstanding amounts of letters of credit and foreign 
credit instruments (in the participation facility) at the rates of 0.125% per annum and 0.25% per annum, respectively.

The Credit Agreement requires mandatory prepayments in amounts equal to the net proceeds from the sale or other disposition 
of, including from any casualty to, or governmental taking of, property in excess of specified values (other than in the ordinary 
course of business and subject to other exceptions) by SPX or our subsidiaries. Mandatory prepayments will be applied to repay, 
first, amounts outstanding under any term loans and, then, amounts (or cash collateralize letters of credit) outstanding under the 
global revolving credit facility and the domestic revolving credit facility (without reducing the commitments thereunder). No 
prepayment  is  required  generally  to  the  extent  the  net  proceeds  are  reinvested  (or  committed  to  be  reinvested)  in  permitted 
acquisitions, permitted investments or assets to be used in our business within 360 days (and if committed to be reinvested, actually 
reinvested within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period) of the receipt of such proceeds.

We may voluntarily prepay loans under the Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any voluntary 
prepayment of loans will be subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ breakage costs in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar 
rate borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.  Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed 
by:

•  Each existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic material subsidiary with specified exceptions; and

• 

SPX with respect to the obligations of our foreign borrower subsidiaries under the global revolving credit facility, the 
participation foreign credit instrument facility and the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility.

Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority pledge and security interest in 100% of the capital 
stock of our domestic subsidiaries (with certain exceptions) held by SPX or our domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the 
capital stock of our material first-tier foreign subsidiaries (with certain exceptions).  If SPX obtains a corporate credit rating from 
Moody’s and S&P and such corporate credit rating is less than “Ba2” (or not rated) by Moody’s and less than “BB” (or not rated) 
by S&P, then SPX and our domestic subsidiary guarantors are required to grant security interests, mortgages and other liens on 
substantially all of their assets. If SPX’s corporate credit rating is “Baa3” or better by Moody’s or “BBB-” or better by S&P and 
no defaults then exist, all collateral security is to be released and the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement would be unsecured.

The Credit Agreement requires that SPX maintain:

•  A Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (defined in the Credit Agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated adjusted 
EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended on such date to consolidated cash interest expense for such period) as of the 
last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 3.50 to 1.00; and

•  As previously discussed, a Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of not more than 3.50 to 

1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions).

The Credit Agreement also contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, 
grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees, or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions 
of capital stock, and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales 
of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates, and otherwise restrict certain 
corporate activities. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants and events of 
default.

As previously discussed, we are permitted under the Credit Agreement to repurchase our capital stock and pay cash dividends 
in an unlimited amount if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) less than 2.75 to 
1.00. If our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, 
the  aggregate  amount  of  such  repurchases  and  dividend  declarations  cannot  exceed  (A)  $50.0  in  any  fiscal  year  plus  (B)  an 
additional amount for all such repurchases and dividend declarations made after the effective date equal to the sum of (i) $100.0
plus (ii) a positive amount equal to 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Credit Agreement generally 
as consolidated net income subject to certain adjustments solely for the purposes of determining this basket) during the period 
from the effective date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend declaration 
for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, 
minus 100% of such deficit) plus (iii) certain other amounts.

35

At December 31, 2018, we had $311.6 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect 
to borrowings under the domestic revolving loan facility of $6.4 and $32.0 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, 
at December 31, 2018, we had $30.1 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument facilities after giving effect 
to $119.9 reserved for outstanding letters of credit.

At December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants of our Credit Agreement.

Other Borrowings and Financing Activities

Certain of our businesses purchase goods and services under a purchase card program allowing for payment beyond their 
normal payment terms.  As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the participating businesses had $2.5 and $2.8, respectively, outstanding 
under this arrangement.

We  are  party  to  a  trade  receivables  financing  agreement,  whereby  we  can  borrow,  on  a  continuous  basis,  up  to  $50.0. 
Availability of funds may fluctuate over time given changes in eligible receivable balances, but will not exceed the $50.0 program 
limit. The facility contains representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for facilities of this type. The facility 
does not contain any covenants that we view as materially constraining to the activities of our business.

In addition, we maintain line of credit facilities in China and South Africa available to fund operations in these regions, 
when necessary. At December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of borrowing capacity under these facilities was $20.0, while the 
aggregate borrowings outstanding were $0.0.

Financial Instruments

We measure our financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis, and nonfinancial assets and liabilities on a non-recurring 
basis, at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date. We utilize market data or assumptions that we believe market participants 
would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation 
technique. These inputs can be readily observable quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1), 
significant other observable inputs (Level 2) or significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

Our derivative financial assets and liabilities include interest rate swap agreements, FX forward contracts, FX embedded 
derivatives, and forward contracts that manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw materials (“commodity 
contracts”) that are measured at fair value using observable market inputs such as forward rates, interest rates, our own credit risk, 
and our counterparties’ credit risks. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the 
valuation hierarchy. Based on our continued ability to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value 
instruments active.

As of December 31, 2018, there was no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative liabilities due to our own credit 
risk as the related instruments are collateralized under our Senior Credit Facilities. Similarly, there was no significant impact to 
the fair value of our derivative assets based on our evaluation of our counterparties’ credit risk.

We primarily use the income approach, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are further discussed below.

Interest Rate Swaps 

         During the second quarter of 2016, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate risk on our then 
existing variable rate term loan.  As a result of amending our Credit Agreement on December 19, 2017, these swaps (“Old Swaps”) 
no longer qualified for hedge accounting, resulting in a gain (recorded to “Other expense, net”) in 2017 of $2.7. On March 8, 
2018, we extinguished the Old Swaps and entered into a new interest rate swap agreement (the “New Swaps”) to hedge the interest 
rate risk on the variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The New Swaps, which we have designated and are 
accounting for as cash flow hedges, have an initial notional amount of $260.0 and maturities through December 2021 and effectively 
convert a portion of the borrowings under our senior credit agreement to a fixed rate of 2.535%, plus the applicable margin. As 
of December 31, 2018, the aggregate notional amounts of the New Swaps was $260.0 and the unrealized gain, net of tax, recorded 
in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) was $0.2. In addition, as of December 31, 2018 we recorded a long-term 
asset of $0.2 to recognize the fair value of the New Swaps. Changes in fair value for the New Swaps are reclassified into earnings 
as a component of interest expense, when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings.

Currency Forward Contracts and Currency Forward Embedded Derivatives

We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency 
exchange rates. Our objective is to preserve the economic value of non-functional currency-denominated cash flows and to minimize 

36

the impact of changes as a result of currency fluctuations. Our principal currency exposures relate to the South African Rand, GBP 
and Euro.

From  time  to  time,  we  enter  into  forward  contracts  to  manage  the  exposure  on  contracts  with  forecasted  transactions 
denominated in non-functional currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets/liabilities 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries (“FX forward contracts”). In addition, some 
of our contracts contain currency forward embedded derivatives (“FX embedded derivatives”), because the currency of exchange 
is not “clearly and closely” related to the functional currency of either party to the transaction. Certain of our FX forward contracts 
are designated as cash flow hedges. To the extent these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash 
flows, changes in the derivatives’ fair value are not included in current earnings, but are included in AOCI. These changes in fair 
value  are  reclassified  into  earnings  as  a  component  of  revenues  or  cost  of  products  sold,  as  applicable,  when  the  forecasted 
transaction impacts earnings. In addition, if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable, the cumulative change in the derivatives’ 
fair value is recorded as a component of “Other expense, net” in the period in which the transaction is no longer considered probable 
of occurring. To the extent a previously designated hedging transaction is no longer an effective hedge, any ineffectiveness measured 
in the hedging relationship is recorded in earnings in the period in which it occurs.

We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $14.4 and $9.0 outstanding as of December 31, 2018
and 2017, respectively, with all of the $14.4 scheduled to mature in 2019. We also had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate 
notional amount of $0.4 and $1.1 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, with all of the $0.4 scheduled to mature in 2019. 
There were no unrealized gains or losses recorded in AOCI related to FX forward contracts as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.  
The net loss recorded in “Other expense, net” related to FX forward contracts and embedded derivatives totaled $0.1 in 2018, $0.4
in 2017 and $6.3 in 2016.

Commodity Contracts

From time to time, we enter into commodity contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw 
materials.  The outstanding notional amounts of commodity contracts were 3.9 and 3.6 pounds of copper at December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. We designate and account for these contracts as cash flow hedges and, to the extent these commodity 
contracts are effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted purchases, the change in fair value is included in AOCI. We 
reclassify AOCI associated with our commodity contracts to cost of products sold when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. 
As of  December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of these contracts was  $1.0 (current liability) and $1.1 (current asset), respectively. 
The unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes, recorded in AOCI was  $(0.8) and $0.8 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
We anticipate reclassifying the unrealized loss as of December 31, 2018 to income over the next 12 months.

Other Fair Value Financial Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents and receivables reported in our consolidated balance sheets approximate fair 

value due to the short maturity of those instruments.

The fair value of our debt instruments as of December 31, 2018 approximated the related carrying values due primarily to 

the variable market-based interest rates for such instruments.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and equivalents, 
trade accounts receivable, and interest rate swap, foreign currency forward, and commodity contracts. These financial instruments, 
other than trade accounts receivable, are placed with high-quality financial institutions throughout the world. We periodically 
evaluate the credit standing of these financial institutions.

We maintain cash levels in bank accounts that, at times, may exceed federally-insured limits. We have not experienced 

significant, and believe we are not exposed to significant risk of loss in these accounts.

We have credit loss exposure in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the above financial instruments, but have 
no other off-balance-sheet credit risk of accounting loss. We anticipate, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy 
their obligations under the contracts. We do not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit 
risk, but we do monitor the credit standing of counterparties.

Concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are due to selling to customers in a particular industry. 
Credit risks are mitigated by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions and obtaining collateral, 
advance payments, or other security when appropriate. No one customer, or group of customers that to our knowledge are under 
common control, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for any period presented.

37

Cash and Other Commitments

Our Senior Credit Facilities are payable in full on December 19, 2022. Our term loan is repayable in quarterly installments 
of 1.25% of the initial loan amount of $350.0, beginning in the first fiscal quarter of 2019. The remaining balance is repayable in 
full on December 19, 2022.

We use operating leases to finance certain equipment, vehicles and properties. At December 31, 2018, we had $31.2 of future 

minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.

 Capital expenditures for 2018 totaled $12.4, compared to $11.0 and $11.7 in 2017 and 2016, respectively. Capital expenditures 
in 2018 related primarily to upgrades to manufacturing facilities, including replacement of equipment. We expect 2019 capital 
expenditures to approximate $15.0 to $20.0, with a significant portion related to replacement of equipment. 

In 2018, we made contributions and direct benefit payments of $15.6 to our defined benefit pension and postretirement 
benefit plans. We expect to make $15.3 of minimum required funding contributions and direct benefit payments in 2019. Our 
pension plans have not experienced any liquidity difficulties or counterparty defaults due to the volatility in the credit markets. 
Our pension funds earned asset returns of approximately (5.0)% in 2018. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for 
further disclosure of expected future contributions and benefit payments.

On a net basis, both from continuing and discontinued operations, we received $44.3 of income tax refunds for 2018, and 
paid incomes taxes of $22.9 and $4.8 in 2017 and 2016, respectively. In 2018, we made payments of $5.0 associated with the 
actual and estimated tax liability for federal, state and foreign tax obligations and received refunds of $49.3. The amount of income 
taxes that we receive or pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions. Deductions and 
the amount of income taxes can and do vary from year to year. 

As of December 31, 2018, except as discussed in Notes 4, 14 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements and in the 
contractual  obligations  table  below,  we  did  not  have  any  material  guarantees,  off-balance  sheet  arrangements  or  purchase 
commitments other than the following: (i) $32.0 of certain standby letters of credit outstanding, all of which relate to self-insurance 
or environmental matters and reduce the available borrowing capacity on our domestic revolving credit facility; (ii) $119.9 of 
letters of credit outstanding, all of which reduce the available borrowing capacity on our foreign trade facilities; and (iii) $80.4 of 
surety bonds.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that we indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the 
Delaware General Corporation Law for any personal liability in connection with their employment or service with us, subject to 
limited exceptions. While we maintain insurance for this type of liability, the liability could exceed the amount of the insurance 
coverage.

We continually review each of our businesses in order to determine their long-term strategic fit. These reviews could result 
in selected acquisitions to expand an existing business or result in the disposition of an existing business. In addition, you should 
read “Risk Factors,” “Results for Reportable and Other Operating Segments” included in this MD&A, and “Business” for an 
understanding of the risks, uncertainties and trends facing our businesses.

Contractual Obligations

The following is a summary of our primary contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018:

Short-term debt obligations

Long-term debt obligations

Pension and postretirement benefit plan 
contributions and payments(1)
Purchase and other contractual obligation(2)
Future minimum operating lease payment(3)
Interest payments
Total contractual cash obligations(4)(5)

____________________________

Total

$

31.9

$

351.8

204.2

90.3

31.2

58.5

Due
Within
1 Year

Due in
1-3 Years

Due in
3-5 Years

Due After
5 Years

31.9

18.0

15.2

76.0

9.1

15.8

$

— $

— $

35.9

27.6

14.3

11.8

29.3

297.9

24.4

—

7.2

13.4

—

—

137.0

—

3.1

—

$

767.9

$

166.0

$

118.9

$

342.9

$

140.1

(1)  Estimated minimum required pension funding and pension and postretirement benefit payments are based on actuarial 
estimates using current assumptions for, among other things, discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on plan 

38

 
assets (where applicable), and health care cost trend rates. The expected pension contributions for the U.S. plans in 2018 
and thereafter reflect the minimum required contributions under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and the Worker, 
Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008. These contributions do not reflect potential voluntary contributions, or 
additional contributions that may be required in connection with acquisitions, dispositions or related plan mergers. See 
Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for additional information on expected future contributions and benefit 
payments.

(2)  Represents contractual commitments to purchase goods and services at specified dates.

(3)  Represents rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year.

(4)  Contingent obligations, such as environmental accruals and those relating to uncertain tax positions generally do not have 
specific payment dates and accordingly have been excluded from the above table. We believe that within the next 12 months 
it is reasonably possible that our previously unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to $4.0.

(5) 

In addition, the above table does not include potential payments under (i) our derivative financial instruments or (ii) the 
guarantees and bonds associated with Balcke Dürr.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The accounting 
policies that we believe are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that require our 
most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties, are listed below. This section 
should be read in conjunction with Notes 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements, which include a detailed discussion of 
these and other accounting policies.

Contingent Liabilities

Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending 
against  us  or  certain  of  our  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “claims”). These  claims  relate  to  litigation  matters  (e.g., class  actions, 
derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property and competitive claims), environmental matters, product liability matters 
(predominately  associated  with  alleged  exposure  to  asbestos-containing  materials),  and  other  risk  management  matters 
(e.g., general liability, automobile, and workers’ compensation claims). Additionally, we may become subject to other claims of 
which we are currently unaware, which may be significant, or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring 
significantly greater loss than we anticipate. While we (and our subsidiaries) maintain property, cargo, auto, product, general 
liability, environmental, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and have acquired rights under similar policies in connection 
with acquisitions that we believe cover a significant portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable 
(e.g., in the case of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. Also, while we believe we are entitled to 
indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against 
potential loss exposures.  

Our recorded liabilities related to these matters totaled $631.7 (including $587.5 for asbestos product liability matters) and 
$685.7 (including $641.2 for asbestos product liability matters) at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The liabilities we 
record for these claims are based on a number of assumptions, including historical claims and payment experience and, with respect 
to asbestos claims, actuarial estimates of the future period during which additional claims are reasonably foreseeable. While we 
base our assumptions on facts currently known to us, they entail inherently subjective judgments and uncertainties. As a result, 
our current assumptions for estimating these liabilities may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these liabilities 
in the future, which could result in charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material 
impact on our financial position and results of operations.

We have recorded insurance recovery assets associated with the asbestos product liability matters, with such amounts totaling 
$541.9 and $590.9 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These assets represent amounts that we believe we are or will 
be entitled to recover under agreements we have with insurance companies. The assets we record for these insurance recoveries 
are based on a number of assumptions, including the continued solvency of the insurers, and are subject to a variety of uncertainties. 
Our current assumptions for estimating these assets may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these assets in the 
future, which could result in additional charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material 
impact on our financial position and results of operations.

39

Large Power Projects in South Africa

Overview - Since 2008, DBT has been executing contracts on two large power projects in South Africa.  Over such time, the 
business environment surrounding these projects has been difficult, as DBT has experienced delays, cost over-runs, and various 
other challenges associated with a complex set of contractual relationships among the end customer, prime contractors, various 
subcontractors (including DBT and its subcontractors), and various suppliers. These challenges have resulted in (i) significant 
adjustments to our revenue and cost estimates for the projects and (ii) various claims and disputes between DBT and other parties 
involved with the projects (e.g., prime contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, etc.).  We believe that our probable liability associated 
with known claims has been adequately provided for in our consolidated financial statements. We may become subject to other 
claims, which could be significant. DBT has completed the majority of its contractual scope on the projects and is targeting to 
complete the remainder by the end of 2019.  It is possible that certain of the outstanding claims could be resolved in 2019, while 
others are not likely to be resolved until after DBT completes its remaining scope.  Our future financial position, operating results, 
and cash flows could be impacted by the resolution of current and any future claims, as well as potential changes to revenue and 
cost estimates relating to the execution of DBT’s remaining scope.

Claims Activity - On February 15, 2019, DBT received a claim of South African Rand 116.7 (or $8.0) from one of its prime 
contractors on the projects alleging that DBT failed to meet a specific contract milestone.  We believe that DBT has numerous 
defenses against this allegation and, thus, we do not believe that we have a probable liability associated with the claim.  As such, 
no amount has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for this matter.   

DBT has made various claims against the prime contractors for the projects. We have recognized revenue associated with 
these claims, along with certain unapproved change orders, to the extent the related costs have been incurred and the amount 
expected of recovery is probable and reasonably estimable.  As of December 31, 2018, the recorded cumulative revenues related 
to these claims and unapproved change orders totaled $37.9.  We believe these amounts are recoverable under the provisions of 
the related contracts and reflect our best estimate of recoverable amounts.

On October 30, 2018, a non-governmental business adjudicator in South Africa provided a decision on certain claims made 
against DBT by one of its subcontractors. As part of its decision, the adjudicator concluded that the subcontractor was entitled to 
payment of South African Rand 256.0 (or $17.7). We believe that the decision is invalid on numerous bases. Therefore, DBT 
intends to pursue all available legal recourse in the matter and DBT has already referred the matter to both an arbitration process 
and court proceedings. Specifically, we believe, among other things, that (i) the adjudicator lacked jurisdiction to decide the claims 
and (ii) these and other claims were previously settled and satisfied by way of a 2015 amendment to the contract between DBT 
and the subcontractor. Based on the reasons stated above, we have concluded that it is not probable that a loss has been incurred 
with respect to this matter and, therefore, a liability has not been recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

It is possible that an adverse resolution for any of these claims could have a material effect on our consolidated financial 

statements.

Change in Cost Estimates - During 2017, we experienced higher than expected costs associated with (i) DBT’s efforts to 
accelerate completion of certain scopes of work, (ii) financial and other challenges facing certain of DBT’s subcontractors, and 
(iii) delays and other on-site productivity challenges.  As a result, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we revised our 
estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in aggregate charges to “Income (loss) from 
continuing operations before income taxes” of $52.8 during 2017 ($22.9 and $29.9 during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, 
respectively), which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $36.9 ($13.5 and $23.4 during the second and fourth quarters of 
2017, respectively) and an increase in cost of products sold of $15.9 ($9.4 and $6.5 during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, 
respectively).

Although we believe that our current estimates of revenues and costs relating to these projects are reasonable, it is possible 

that future revisions of such estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Noncontrolling Interest in South African Subsidiary

DBT has a Black Economic Empowerment shareholder (the “BEE Partner”) that holds a 25.1% noncontrolling interest in 
DBT.  Under  the  terms  of  the  shareholder  agreement  between  the  BEE  Partner  and  SPX  Technologies  (PTY)  LTD  (“SPX 
Technologies”), the BEE Partner had the option to put its ownership interest in DBT to SPX Technologies, the majority shareholder 
of DBT, at a redemption amount determined in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement (the “Put Option”). The 
BEE Partner notified SPX Technologies of its intention to exercise the Put Option and, on July 6, 2016, an Arbitration Tribunal 
declared that the BEE Partner was entitled to South African Rand 287.3 in connection with the exercise of the Put Option, having 
not considered an amount due from the BEE Partner under a promissory note of South African Rand 30.3 held by SPX Technologies. 

40

As a result, we have reflected the net redemption amount of South African Rand 257.0 (or  $17.7 and $20.9 at December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively) within “Accrued expenses” on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, with 
the related offset recorded to “Paid-in-capital” and “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” In addition, during 2016 we 
reclassified $38.7 from “Noncontrolling Interests” to “Paid-in capital.” Lastly, under the two-class method of calculating earnings 
per share, we have reflected an adjustment of $18.1 to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” 
for the excess redemption amount of the Put Option (i.e., the increase in the redemption amount during the year ended December 31, 
2016 in excess of fair value) in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

In August 2016, SPX Technologies applied to the High Court of South Africa (the “Court”) to have the Arbitration Tribunal’s 
ruling set aside. On January 22, 2018, the Court ruled in SPX Technologies’ favor and set aside the Arbitration Tribunal’s ruling. 
This ruling by the Court is subject to appeal by the BEE Partner. The BEE Partner has appealed the decision and SPXT is continuing 
to assert all legal defenses available to it. We expect the appeals court to hear this matter late in 2019.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2016, in connection with our accounting for the redemption of the BEE Partner’s ownership 
interest in DBT, we discontinued allocating earnings/losses of DBT to the BEE Partner within our consolidated financial statements.

Environmental Matters

We believe that we are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements. We are currently involved in 
various investigatory and remedial actions at our facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites. It is our policy to accrue for 
estimated losses from legal actions or claims when events exist that make the realization of the losses or expenses probable and 
they can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation, and 
operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Accordingly, our estimates may change based on future developments, including new 
or changes in existing environmental laws or policies, differences in costs required to complete anticipated actions from estimates 
provided, future findings of investigation or remediation actions, or alteration to the expected remediation plans. We expense costs 
incurred to investigate and remediate environmental issues unless they extend the economic useful lives of related assets. We 
record  liabilities  when  it  is  probable  that  an  obligation  has  been  incurred  and  the  amounts  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Our 
estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies 
and potentially responsible third parties. It is our policy to realize a change in estimates once it becomes probable and can be 
reasonably estimated. In determining our accruals, we generally do not discount environmental accruals and do not reduce them 
by anticipated insurance, litigation and other recoveries. We take into account third-party indemnification from financially viable 
parties in determining our accruals where there is no dispute regarding the right to indemnification.

Self-Insured Risk Management Matters

We are self-insured for certain of our workers’ compensation, automobile, product and general liability, disability and health 
costs, and we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liability. Our accruals for self-insurance liabilities 
are determined by us, are based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and generally are not 
discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We 
maintain third-party stop-loss  insurance  policies to  cover  certain liability costs  in  excess of  predetermined retained amounts; 
however, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss 
exposures. The  key  assumptions  considered  in  estimating  the  ultimate  cost  to  settle  reported  claims  and  the  estimated  costs 
associated with incurred but not yet reported claims include, among other things, our historical and industry claims experience, 
trends in health care and administrative costs, our current and future risk management programs, and historical lag studies with 
regard to the timing between when a claim is incurred versus when it is reported.

Revenue Recognition

As previously indicated, effective January 1, 2018, we adopted, under the modified retrospective transition approach, a new 
standard on revenue recognition that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising 
from contracts with customers and supersedes most revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance.  This 
guidance requires revenue to be recognized over-time or at a point in time. 

Most of our businesses recognize revenue at a point in time as satisfaction of the related performance obligations occur at 
the time of shipment or delivery, while certain of our businesses recognize revenue and costs for long-term contracts over-time 
(in 2018) or, under the previous revenue recognition guidance, utilizing the percentage-of-completion method (prior to 2018). 

 The revenue for these long-term contracts is recorded based on the percentage of costs incurred to date for each contract to 
the estimated total costs for such a contract at completion. In 2018, 2017, and 2016, we recognized $582.6, $255.5 and $336.1, 

41

respectively, of revenues under such methods.  We record any provision for estimated losses on uncompleted long-term contracts 
in the period which the losses are determined.

Our long-term contracts often include unapproved change orders and claims. We include in our contract estimates additional 
revenue for unapproved change orders or claims when we believe we have an enforceable right to the unapproved change order 
or claim and the amount can be reliably estimated. In evaluating these criteria, we consider the contractual/legal basis for the claim, 
the cause of any additional costs incurred, the reasonableness of those costs, and the objective evidence available to support the 
claim. These estimates are also based on historical award experience. Due to uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, it is 
reasonably possible that the ultimate revenues and completion costs on our long-term contracts, including those arising from 
contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, will be revised during the duration of the contract. These revised revenues 
and costs are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.

Our  estimation  process  for  determining  revenues  and  costs  for  our  long-term  contracts  is  based  upon  (i) our  historical 
experience,  (ii) the  professional  judgment  and  knowledge  of  our  engineers,  project  managers,  and  operations  and  financial 
professionals, and (iii) an assessment of the key underlying factors (see below).

As our long-term contracts generally range from six to eighteen months in duration, we typically reassess the estimated 
revenues and costs of these contracts on a quarterly basis, but may reassess more often as situations warrant. We record changes 
in estimates of revenues and costs when identified using the cumulative catch-up method prescribed by the applicable revenue 
recognition guidance.

We believe the underlying factors used to estimate our long-term contracts costs to complete and percentage-of-completion 
are sufficiently reliable to provide a reasonable estimate of revenue and profit; however, due to the length of time over which 
revenues are generated and costs are incurred, along with the judgment required in developing the underlying factors, the variability 
of revenue and cost can be significant. Factors that may affect revenue and costs relating to long-term contracts include, but are 
not limited to, the following:

• 

Sales Price Incentives and Sales Price Escalation Clauses — Sales price incentives and sales price escalations that are 
reasonably assured and reasonably estimable are recorded over the performance period of the contract. Otherwise, these 
amounts are recorded when awarded.

•  Cost Recovery for Product Design Changes and Claims — On occasion, design specifications may change during the 
course of the contract. Any additional costs arising from these changes may be supported by change orders, or we may 
submit a claim to the customer. Change orders are accounted for as described above. See below for our accounting 
policies related to claims.

•  Material Availability and Costs — Our estimates of material costs generally are based on existing supplier relationships, 
adequate availability of materials, prevailing market prices for materials, and, in some cases, long-term supplier contracts. 
Changes in our supplier relationships, delays in obtaining materials, or changes in material prices can have a significant 
impact on our cost and profitability estimates.

•  Use  of  Subcontractors —  Our  arrangements  with  subcontractors  are  generally  based  on  fixed  prices;  however,  our 
estimates  of  the  cost  and  profitability  can  be  impacted  by  subcontractor  delays,  customer  claims  arising  from 
subcontractor performance issues, or a subcontractor’s inability to fulfill its obligations.

•  Labor Costs and Anticipated Productivity Levels — Where applicable, we include the impact of labor improvements in 
our estimation of costs, such as in cases where we expect a favorable learning curve over the duration of the contract. 
In these cases, if the improvements do not materialize, costs and profitability could be adversely impacted. Additionally, 
to the extent we are more or less productive than originally anticipated, estimated costs and profitability may also be 
impacted.

•  Effect  of  Foreign  Currency  Fluctuations —  Fluctuations  between  currencies  in  which  our  long-term  contracts  are 
denominated and the currencies under which contract costs are incurred can have an impact on profitability. When the 
impact on profitability is potentially significant, we may enter into FX forward contracts or prepay certain vendors for 
raw materials to manage the potential exposure. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for additional 
details on our FX forward contracts.

In some cases, the timing of revenue recognition, particularly for revenue recognized over time or under the percentage-of-
completion method, differs from when such amounts are invoiced to customers, resulting in a contract asset (revenue recognition 
precedes the invoicing of the related revenue amount) or a contract liability (payment from the customer precedes recognition of 
the related revenue amount).  Contract assets  are recoverable from customers upon various measures of performance, including 
achievement of certain milestones, completion of specific units, or completion of the contract.

42

In the event we incur litigation or other dispute-resolution costs in connection with claims, these costs are expensed as 
incurred, although we may seek to recover these costs. Claims against us are recognized when a loss is considered probable and 
amounts are reasonably estimable.

See Note 1, 3, and 5 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on our revenue recognition policies.

Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are subject to annual impairment testing. We 
monitor the results of each of our reporting units as a means of identifying trends and/or matters that may impact their financial 
results and, thus, be an indicator of a potential impairment. The trends and/or matters that we specifically monitor for each of our 
reporting units are as follows:

• 

• 

• 

• 

Significant variances in financial performance (e.g., revenues, earnings and cash flows) in relation to expectations 
and historical performance;

Significant changes in end markets or other economic factors;

Significant changes or planned changes in our use of a reporting unit’s assets; and

Significant changes in customer relationships and competitive conditions.

The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of reporting units. We 
perform our impairment testing by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the reported 
net assets, with such testing occurring during the fourth quarter of each year in conjunction with our annual financial planning 
process (or more frequently if impairment indicators arise), based primarily on events and circumstances existing as of the end of 
the third quarter. Fair value is generally based on the income approach using a calculation of discounted cash flows, based on the 
most recent financial projections for the reporting units. The revenue growth rates included in the financial projections are our 
best estimates based on current and forecasted market conditions, and the profit margin assumptions are projected by each reporting 
unit based on current cost structure and, when applicable, anticipated net cost reductions.

The calculation of fair value for our reporting units incorporates many assumptions including future growth rates, profit 
margin and discount factors. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in impairment 
charges in future periods.

Based on our annual goodwill impairment testing in 2018, we determined that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting 
units, exclusive of Cues, exceeded the carrying value of their respective net assets by over 90%. The estimated fair value of Cues 
approximates the carrying value of its net assets.

We perform our annual trademarks impairment testing during the fourth quarter, or on a more frequent basis if there are 
indications  of  potential  impairment. The  fair  values  of  our  trademarks  are  determined  by  applying  estimated  royalty  rates  to 
projected revenues, with the resulting cash flows discounted at a rate of return that reflects current market conditions. The basis 
for these projected revenues is the annual operating plan for each of the related businesses, which is prepared in the fourth quarter 
of each year. 

See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional details.

Employee Benefit Plans

Defined benefit plans cover a portion of our salaried and hourly paid employees, including certain employees in foreign 
countries. Additionally,  domestic  postretirement  plans  provide  health  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  certain  retirees  and  their 
dependents. We recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and losses into earnings during the fourth 
quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required, as a component of net periodic benefit expense. The remaining 
components of pension/postretirement expense, primarily service and interest costs and expected return on plan assets, are recorded 
on a quarterly basis. 

Our pension plans have not experienced any significant impact on liquidity or counterparty exposure due to the volatility in 

the credit markets.

The costs and obligations associated with these plans are determined based on actuarial valuations. The critical assumptions 
used  in  determining  these  related  expenses  and  obligations  are  discount  rates  and  healthcare  cost  projections. These  critical 
assumptions are calculated based on company data and appropriate market indicators, and are evaluated at least annually by us in 
consultation  with  outside  actuaries.  Other  assumptions  involving  demographic  factors  such  as  retirement  patterns,  mortality, 

43

turnover and the rate of increase in compensation levels are evaluated periodically and are updated to reflect our experience and 
expectations for the future. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, actual results may differ.

The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. This rate is the 
yield on high-quality fixed income investments at the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of 
benefit obligations and increases pension expense. Including the effects of recognizing actuarial gains and losses into earnings as 
described above, a 50 basis point decrease in the discount rate for our domestic plans would have increased our 2018 pension 
expense by approximately $13.1, and a 50 basis point increase in the discount rate would have decreased our 2018 pension expense 
by approximately $14.2.

The trend in healthcare costs is difficult to estimate, and it can significantly impact our postretirement liabilities and costs. 
The healthcare cost trend rate for 2019, which is the weighted-average annual projected rate of increase in the per capita cost of 
covered benefits, is 7.00%. This rate is assumed to decrease to 5.0% by 2027 and then remain at that level. 

See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for further information on our pension and postretirement benefit plans.

Income Taxes

We record our income taxes based on the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification, which includes an estimate of the amount 
of  income  taxes  payable  or  refundable  for  the  current  year  and  deferred  income  tax  liabilities  and  assets  for  the  future  tax 
consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability 
of deferred tax assets and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory 
tax audits or estimates and judgments used.

Realization of deferred tax assets involves estimates regarding (i) the timing and amount of the reversal of taxable temporary 
differences, (ii) expected future taxable income, and (iii) the impact of tax planning strategies. We believe that it is more likely 
than not that we will not realize the benefit of certain deferred tax assets and, accordingly, have established a valuation allowance 
against them. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including 
past operating results, projections of future taxable income and the feasibility of and potential changes to ongoing tax planning 
strategies. The projections of future taxable income include a number of estimates and assumptions regarding our volume, pricing 
and costs. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely than not that the 
remaining deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or alternative tax strategies. However, deferred tax 
assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income are significantly reduced or tax strategies are no longer 
viable.

The amount of income tax that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions 
and ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed adjustments. We perform reviews 
of our income tax positions on a quarterly basis and accrue for potential uncertain tax positions. Accruals for these uncertain tax 
positions are recorded based on an expectation as to the timing of when the matter will be resolved. As events change or resolutions 
occur, these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities. We believe we have adequately 
provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these matters.

Our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities due to closure of income 
tax examinations, statute expirations, new regulatory or judicial pronouncements, changes in tax laws, changes in projected levels 
of taxable income, future tax planning strategies, or other relevant events. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements 
for additional details regarding our uncertain tax positions.

44

See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements.

New Accounting Pronouncements

45

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

(All currency amounts are in millions)

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity raw 
material prices, and we selectively use financial instruments to manage these risks. We do not enter into financial instruments for 
speculative or trading purposes; however, these instruments may be deemed speculative if the future cash flows originally hedged 
are no longer probable of occurring as anticipated. Our currency exposures vary, but are primarily concentrated in the South African 
Rand, GBP, and Euro. We generally do not hedge currency translation exposures. Our exposures for commodity raw materials 
vary, with the highest concentration relating to steel, copper and oil. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for 
further details.

The following table provides information, as of December 31, 2018, about our primary outstanding debt obligations and 

presents principal cash flows by expected maturity dates, weighted-average interest rates and fair values.

Expected Maturity Date

Term loan

Average interest rate

2019

2020

2021

2022

Thereafter

Total

Fair Value

$

17.5

$

17.5

$

17.5

$ 297.5

$

— $

350.0

$

—

4.3%

We believe that cash and equivalents, cash flows from operations, and availability under revolving credit facilities and our 
trade  receivables  financing  arrangement  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  working  capital  needs,  planned  capital  expenditures,  other 
operational cash requirements and required debt service obligations.

We had interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $260.0 at December 31, 2018. The fair value 

of these swaps was $0.2 (recorded as a current asset) as of December 31, 2018.

We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $14.4 at December 31, 2018, with all of the $14.4
scheduled to mature in 2019. We also had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate notional amount of $0.4 at December 31, 
2018, with all of the $0.4 scheduled to mature in 2019. The aggregate fair value of our FX forward contracts and FX embedded 
derivatives was $0.2 (recorded as a current liability) as of December 31, 2018.

We had commodity contracts with an outstanding notional amount of 3.9 pounds of copper at December 31, 2018. The fair 

value of these contracts was $1.0 (recorded as a current liability) as of December 31, 2018.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. Financial Statements And Supplementary Data

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Index To Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2018

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Deloitte & Touche LLP

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 

2016

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page

48

49

50

51

52

53

55

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable, not required or because the required information is included in 

our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

47

 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of SPX Corporation

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash 
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
"financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission and our report dated February 15, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, 
whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a 
test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the 
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina 

February 15, 2019

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

48

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions, except per share amounts)

Year ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

1,538.6

$

1,425.8

$

1,472.3

Revenues
Costs and expenses:

Cost of products sold
Selling, general and administrative
Intangible amortization
Impairment of intangible assets
Special charges, net

Gain on contract settlement
Gain on sale of dry cooling business

Operating income

Other expense, net
Interest expense
Interest income
Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax (provision) benefit

Income from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders
  Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest (Note 14)
Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after
adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest

Amounts attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders after adjustment
related to redeemable noncontrolling interest:

Income from continuing operations, net of tax
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss)

Basic income (loss) per share of common stock:

Income from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common
shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common

shareholders

Net income (loss) per share attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — basic
Diluted income (loss) per share of common stock:

Income from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common
shareholders after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common

shareholders

Net income (loss) per share attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders

after adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding — diluted

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,127.9
292.6
4.2
—
6.3
—
—
107.6
(7.6)
(21.5)
1.5
(0.4)
79.6
(1.4)
78.2
—
3.0
3.0
81.2
—
81.2
—

1,095.6
277.2
0.6
—
2.7
10.2
—
59.9
(7.1)
(17.1)
1.3
(0.9)
36.1
47.9
84.0
—
5.3
5.3
89.3
—
89.3
—

1,096.5
286.0
2.8
30.1
5.3
—
18.4
70.0
(15.3)
(14.8)
0.8
(1.3)
39.4
(9.1)
30.3
(16.6)
(81.3)
(97.9)
(67.6)
(0.4)
(67.2)
(18.1)

81.2

$

89.3

$

(85.3)

78.2
3.0
81.2

$

$

84.0
5.3
89.3

$

$

12.6
(97.9)
(85.3)

1.82

$

1.98

$

0.30

0.07

0.13

(2.35)

1.89

$

2.11

$

43.054

42.413

(2.05)

41.610

1.75

$

1.91

$

0.30

0.07

0.12

(2.32)

1.82

$

2.03

$

44.660

43.905

(2.02)

42.161

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

49

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 
SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in millions)

Net income (loss)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net:

Pension liability adjustment, net of tax (provision) benefit of $5.9, $(9.8), and

$0.4 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively

Net unrealized gains (losses) on qualifying cash flow hedges, net of tax
(provision) benefit of $0.7, $0.4 and $(1.7) in 2018, 2017 and 2016,
respectively

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Other comprehensive income (loss), net

Total comprehensive income (loss)

Less: Total comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common

shareholders

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

81.2

$

89.3

$

(67.6)

0.6

15.2

(0.6)

(1.4)
(4.4)
(5.2)
76.0

—

(0.7)
0.5

15.0

104.3

—

3.3
(50.9)
(48.2)
(115.8)

(0.4)

$

76.0

$

104.3

$

(115.4)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

50

 
 
SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except share data)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Contract assets
Inventories, net
Other current assets (includes income taxes receivable of $18.9 and $62.4 at December 31, 2018 and
2017, respectively)

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment:

Land
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment

Accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Other assets
Deferred income taxes
TOTAL ASSETS
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Contract liabilities
Accrued expenses
Income taxes payable
Short-term debt
Current maturities of long-term debt

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Deferred and other income taxes
Other long-term liabilities

Total long-term liabilities

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 14)
Equity:

Common stock (51,528,778 and 43,450,305 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018,

respectively, and 51,186,064 and 42,650,599 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017,
respectively)
Paid-in capital
Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Common stock in treasury (8,078,473 and 8,535,465 shares at December 31, 2018 and 2017,

respectively)

Total equity

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

51

December 31,
2018

December 31,
2017

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

68.8
269.1
91.2
128.8

40.5
598.4

19.4
125.2
334.1
478.7
(294.5)
184.2
394.4
198.4
657.7
24.4
2,057.5

153.6
79.5
183.7
3.5
31.9
18.0
470.2
331.9
23.2
817.3
1,172.4

0.5
1,295.4
(650.1)
244.9

(475.8)
414.9
2,057.5

$

124.3
267.5
—
143.0

97.7
632.5

15.8
120.5
330.4
466.7
(280.1)
186.6
345.9
117.6
706.9
50.9
2,040.4

159.7
—
292.6
1.2
7.0
0.5
461.0
349.3
29.6
885.8
1,264.7

0.5
1,309.8
(742.3)
250.1

(503.4)
314.7
2,040.4

 
 
 
 
 SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Equity
(in millions)

Common
Stock

Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)

Accum. Other
Comprehensive
Income

Common
Stock In
Treasury

SPX
Corporation
Shareholders’
Equity

Noncontrolling
Interests

Total
Equity

Balance at December 31, 2015

$

1.0

$ 2,649.6

$

897.8

$

283.3

$ (3,486.3) $

345.4

$

(37.1) $

308.3

Net loss

Other comprehensive loss, net

Incentive plan activity

Long-term incentive compensation

expense

Restricted stock and restricted
stock unit vesting, including
related tax benefit of $2.2 and
net of tax withholdings

—

—

—

—

—

—

8.8

12.7

—

(21.8)

(67.2)

—

—

—

—

Treasury share retirement

(0.5)

(1,285.4)

(1,662.2)

Adjustment related to redeemable

noncontrolling interest (Note 14)

Other changes in noncontrolling

interest

Balance at December 31, 2016

Net income

Other comprehensive income, net

Incentive plan activity

Long-term incentive compensation

expense

Restricted stock and restricted
stock unit vesting, including
related tax benefit of $0.6 and
net of tax withholdings

Balance at December 31, 2017

Net income

Other comprehensive loss, net

Incentive plan activity

Long-term incentive compensation

expense

Restricted stock and restricted

stock unit vesting

Impact of adoption of ASU
2016-01 - See Note 3

Impact of adoption of ASC 606 - 

See Note 3

Impact of adoption of ASU 
2016-16 - See Note 3

Stranded income tax effects 

resulting from tax reform - See 
Note 3

Balance at December 31, 2018

$

—

—

0.5

—

—

—

—

—

0.5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.5

(56.0)

—

1,307.9

—

—

11.3

12.0

(21.4)

1,309.8

—

—

10.3

11.6

(36.3)

—

—

—

—

—

—

(831.6)

89.3

—

—

—

—

(742.3)

81.2

—

—

—

—

12.0

4.0

(0.2)

(4.8)

—

(48.2)

—

—

—

—

—

235.1

—

15.0

—

—

—

250.1

—

(5.2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

17.9

2,948.1

—

—

(520.3)

—

—

—

—

16.9

(503.4)

—

—

—

—

27.6

—

—

—

—

(67.2)

(48.2)

8.8

12.7

(3.9)

—

(0.4)

—

—

—

—

—

(67.6)

(48.2)

8.8

12.7

(3.9)

—

(56.0)

38.7

(17.3)

—

191.6

89.3

15.0

11.3

12.0

(4.5)

314.7

81.2

(5.2)

10.3

11.6

(8.7)

12.0

4.0

(0.2)

(4.8)

(1.2)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(1.2)

191.6

89.3

15.0

11.3

12.0

(4.5)

314.7

81.2

(5.2)

10.3

11.6

(8.7)

12.0

4.0

(0.2)

(4.8)

$ 1,295.4

$

(650.1) $

244.9

$

(475.8) $

414.9

$

— $

414.9

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

52

SPX Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities:

Net income (loss)

Less: Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Income from continuing operations

Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations to net cash from (used in) operating

activities

Special charges, net

Gain on asset sales

Gain on sale of dry cooling business

Impairment of intangible assets

Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement

Deferred and other income taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Pension and other employee benefits

Long-term incentive compensation

Other, net

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and divestitures:

Accounts receivable and other assets

Inventories

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other

Cash spending on restructuring actions

Net cash from continuing operations

Net cash used in discontinued operations

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities:

Proceeds from asset sales

Proceeds (expenditures) related to company-owned life insurance policies, net

(Increase) decrease in restricted cash

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Capital expenditures

Net cash from (used in) continuing operations

Net cash used in discontinued operations (includes cash divested with the sale of Balcke Dürr of $30.2

in 2016)

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities:

Borrowings under senior credit facilities

Repayments under senior credit facilities

Borrowings under trade receivables agreement

Repayments under trade receivables agreement

Net repayments under other financing arrangements

Minimum withholdings paid on behalf of employees for net share settlements, net of proceeds from

the exercise of employee stock options and other

Financing fees paid

Net cash from (used in) continuing operations

Net cash from (used in) discontinued operations

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

Change in cash and equivalents due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates

Net change in cash and equivalents

53

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

81.2

$

89.3

$

3.0

78.2

6.3

—

—

—

0.4

(0.3)

29.2

13.7

15.5

2.3

52.6

5.1

(86.5)

(3.6)

112.9

(2.3)

110.6

9.5

(0.8)

0.3

(180.8)

(12.4)

(184.2)

3.6

(180.6)

199.4

(193.0)

123.0

(100.0)

(4.8)

(7.8)

—

16.8

—

16.8

(2.3)

(55.5)

5.3

84.0

2.7

—

—

—

0.9

(21.0)

25.2

14.9

15.8

4.7

(103.5)

4.5

28.3

(3.0)

53.5

(6.6)

46.9

—

0.7

(0.3)

—

(11.0)

(10.6)

—

(10.6)

404.6

(395.8)

74.0

(74.0)

(10.1)

(1.3)

(3.6)

(6.2)

—

(6.2)

(5.4)

24.7

(67.6)

(97.9)

30.3

5.3

(0.9)

(18.4)

30.1

1.3

—

26.5

24.8

13.7

3.2

(36.4)

8.5

(40.2)

(2.1)

45.7

(46.9)

(1.2)

48.1

7.7

—

—

(11.7)

44.1

(30.9)

13.2

56.2

(65.0)

72.0

(72.0)

(10.1)

(1.6)

—

(20.5)

—

(20.5)

6.7

(1.8)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated cash and equivalents, beginning of period

Consolidated cash and equivalents, end of period

Cash and equivalents of continuing operations

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Interest paid

Income tax refunds (payments), net

Non-cash investing and financing activity:

Debt assumed

124.3

68.8

68.8

19.7

44.3

0.2

$

$

$

$

$

99.6

124.3

124.3

15.1

$

$

$

(22.9) $

101.4

99.6

99.6

12.5

(4.8)

0.9

$

3.9

$

$

$

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

54

 
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2018 
(All currency and share amounts are in millions, except per share and par value data)

(1) 

Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Our significant accounting policies are described below, as well as in other Notes that follow. Unless otherwise indicated, 

amounts provided in these Notes pertain to continuing operations only (see Note 4 for information on discontinued operations).

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include SPX Corporation’s (“SPX”, “our”, or “we”) 
accounts prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) after the elimination 
of intercompany transactions. Investments in unconsolidated companies where we exercise significant influence but do not have 
control are accounted for using the equity method. In determining whether we are the primary beneficiary of a variable interest 
entity (“VIE”), we perform a qualitative analysis that considers the design of the VIE, the nature of our involvement and the 
variable interests held by other parties to determine which party has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly 
impact the entity’s economic performance, and which party has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of 
the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. We have an interest in a VIE, in which we are not the primary beneficiary, 
as a result of the sale of Balcke Dürr. See below and in Notes 2, 4 and 16 for further discussion of the Balcke Dürr sale. All other 
VIEs are considered immaterial, individually and in aggregate, to our consolidated financial statements.

Shift Away from the Power Generation Markets — On September 26, 2015, we completed the spin-off to our stockholders  
(the “Spin-Off”) of all the outstanding shares of SPX FLOW, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of SPX prior to the Spin-Off, which 
at the time of the Spin-Off held the businesses comprising our Flow Technology reportable segment, our Hydraulic Technologies 
business, and certain of our corporate subsidiaries. Prior to the Spin-Off, our businesses serving the power generation markets had 
a major impact on the consolidated financial results of SPX. In the recent years leading up to the Spin-Off, these businesses 
experienced significant declines in revenues and profitability associated with weak demand and increased competition within the 
global power generation markets. Based on a review of our post-spin portfolio and the belief that a recovery within the power 
generation markets was unlikely in the foreseeable future, we decided that our strategic focus would be on our (i) scalable growth 
businesses  that  serve  the  heating,  ventilation  and  cooling  (“HVAC”)  and  detection  and  measurement  markets  and  (ii)  power 
transformer and process cooling systems businesses. As a result, we have significantly reduced our exposure to the power generation 
markets as indicated by the activities summarized below:

• 

• 

• 

Sale of Dry Cooling Business - On March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business, a business that 
provides dry cooling systems to the global power generation markets and was previously reported within our Engineered 
Solutions reportable segment, to Paharpur Cooling Towers Limited.  See Note 4 for additional details.

Sale of Balcke Dürr Business - On December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr, a business that provides 
heat exchangers and other related components to the European and Asian power generation markets, to a subsidiary of 
mutares AG (the “Buyer”).  Balcke Dürr historically had been the most significant of our power generation businesses 
and, in recent years, had experienced significant declines in its operating performance as evidenced by its net loss of 
$39.6 in 2015.  With the sale, we eliminated the losses and liquidity needs of Balcke Dürr, which were expected to be 
significant in the foreseeable future.  As we considered the disposition of Balcke Dürr to be the cornerstone of our strategic 
shift away from the power generation markets, and given the significance of Balcke Dürr’s financial results to our overall 
operations prior to its disposition, we have classified Balcke Dürr as a discontinued operation in the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements.  See Note 4 for additional details. 

Planned Wind-Down of the SPX Heat Transfer Business -  During the second quarter of 2018, as a continuation of our 
strategic shift away from power generation markets, we initiated a plan to wind-down the SPX Heat Transfer (“Heat 
Transfer”) business. In connection with the planned wind-down, we recorded charges of $3.5 in our 2018 operating 
results,  with $0.9 related  to  the  write-down  of  inventories  (included  in  “Cost  of  products  sold”), $0.6 related  to  the 
impairment of machinery and equipment and $2.0 related to severance costs (both included in “Special charges, net”).  
In addition, and as part of the wind-down, we sold certain intangible assets of the Heat Transfer business for net cash 
proceeds of $4.8, which resulted in a gain of less than $0.1 within our 2018 operating results. We anticipate completing 
the wind-down of Heat Transfer during of the first half of 2019.

Change in Segment Reporting Structure - During the fourth quarter of 2018, due, in part, to certain wind-down activities, 
and the related decline in volumes, at our South African subsidiary, DBT Technologies (PTY) LTD (“DBT”), and Heat Transfer 
business, we concluded that these operating segments are no longer economically similar to the other operating segments within 
our Engineered Solutions reportable segment.  As such, DBT and Heat Transfer are now being reported, for all periods presented, 
within an “All Other” category outside of our reportable segments.  See Note 6 for additional details.

55

Acquisitions in 2018:

•  Schonstedt - On March 1, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Schonstedt Instrument Company (“Schonstedt”), a 
manufacturer and distributor of magnetic locator products used for locating underground utilities and other buried objects, 
for a purchase price of $16.4, net of cash acquired of $0.3. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded 
at estimates of fair value as determined by management, based on information available and on assumptions as to future 
operations. The post-acquisition operating results of Schonstedt are reflected within our Detection and Measurement 
reportable segment.

•  Cues - On June 7, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Cues, Inc. (“Cues”), a manufacturer of pipeline inspection and 
rehabilitation equipment, which significantly increases our presence in the pipeline inspection market. The acquisition 
was completed through the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Cues’ parent company for a purchase 
price of $164.4, net of cash acquired of $20.6. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded at estimates 
of fair value as determined by management, based on information available and on assumptions as to future operations 
and are subject to change based on the final assessment and valuation of certain income tax amounts. The post-acquisition 
operating results of Cues are reflected within our Detection and Measurement reportable segment. See Note 4 for additional 
details on the Cues acquisition.

New Income Tax Law in the United States — On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was enacted 
which significantly changes United States (“U.S.”) income tax law for businesses and individuals.  The Act introduced changes 
that impact U.S. corporate tax rates (e.g., a reduction in the top tax rate from 35% to 21%), business-related exclusions, and 
deductions and credits. In addition, the Act imposes tax consequences for many entities that operate internationally, including the 
timing and the amount of tax to be paid on undistributed foreign earnings. As provided for by Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, 
we recorded provisional amounts in our 2017 consolidated financial statements to account for certain income tax effects of the 
Act.  See Note 11 for a discussion of the impact of the Act on our 2018 and 2017 consolidated financial statements, including the 
provisional amounts that were recorded in 2017. 

Retirement of Treasury Stock — In 2016, we retired 50.0 shares, or $2,948.1, of “Common stock in treasury.” Under the 
applicable state law, these shares represent authorized and unissued shares upon retirement. In accordance with our accounting 
policy, we allocate any excess of share repurchase over par value between “Paid-in capital” and “Retained earnings,” resulting in 
respective reductions of $1,285.4 and $1,662.2.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions — The financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries are translated into 
U.S. dollars in accordance with the Foreign Currency Matters Topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Codification 
(“Codification”). Gains and losses on foreign currency translations are reflected as a separate component of equity and other 
comprehensive income. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses related to foreign currency 
forward contracts and currency forward embedded derivatives, are included in “Other expense, net,” with the related net losses 
totaling $0.3, $3.3 and $2.4 in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Cash Equivalents — We consider highly liquid money market investments with original maturities of three months or less 

at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Revenue Recognition — Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 under the 
modified retrospective transition approach. See Note 5 for our policy for recognizing revenue under ASC 606 as well as the various 
other disclosures required by ASC 606.

For 2017 and 2016, revenue continues to be presented based on prior guidance.  Under such guidance, we recognized 
revenues from product sales upon shipment to the customer (e.g., FOB shipping point) or upon receipt by the customer (e.g., FOB 
destination).  Revenues from service contracts and long-term maintenance arrangements were recognized on a straight-line basis 
over the agreement period.  In addition, certain of our businesses, primarily within the Engineered Solutions reportable segment 
and those in our “All Other” group of operating segments, also recognized revenues from long-term construction/installation 
contracts under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting.  

The  percentage-of-completion  on  our  long-term  construction/installation  contracts  was  measured  principally  by  the 
percentage of costs incurred to date for each contract to the estimated costs for such contract at completion.  We recognized 
revenues for similar short-term contracts using the completed-contract method of accounting.  

56

Provisions for any estimated losses on uncompleted long-term contracts were made in the period in which such losses 
were determined.  In the case of customer change orders for uncompleted long-term contracts, estimated recoveries were included 
for work performed in forecasting the ultimate profitability on certain contracts. 

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings arise when revenues have been recorded but the amounts have not been 
billed under the terms of the contracts.  Our claims related to long-term contracts were recognized as revenue only after we had 
determined that collection was probable and the amount could be reliably estimated.  Claims against us were recognized when a 
loss was considered probable and the amounts were reasonably estimable.

We recognized $255.5 and $336.1 in revenues under the percentage-of-completion method for the years ended December 
31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Costs and estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, from their inception, and the related 
amounts billed as of December 31, 2017 were as follows:

Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts

Estimated losses to date

Less: Billings to date

Billings in excess of costs and estimated losses

$

$

1,261.3
(59.9)
1,201.4
(1,202.0)
(0.6)

The above amount is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2017 as shown below.  
Amounts for billed retainages and receivables to be collected in excess of one year were not significant to the period presented

Costs and estimated losses in excess of billings (1)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated losses on uncompleted contracts (2)
Net billings in excess of costs and estimated losses

$

$

28.8
(29.4)
(0.6)

____________________

(1) Reported as a component of “Accounts receivable, net.”

(2) Reported as a component of “Accrued expenses.”

Research and Development Costs — We expense research and development costs as incurred. We charge costs incurred in 
the research and development of new software included in products to expense until technological feasibility is established. After 
technological feasibility is established, additional eligible costs are capitalized until the product is available for general release. 
We amortize these costs over the economic lives of the related products and include the amortization in cost of products sold. We 
perform periodic reviews of the recoverability of these capitalized software costs. At the time we determine that capitalized amounts 
are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, we write off any unrecoverable 
capitalized  amounts.  Capitalized  software,  net  of  amortization,  totaled  $6.2  and  $8.3  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. Capitalized software amortization expense totaled $2.4, $2.4 and $1.2 for 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We 
expensed research activities relating to the development and improvement of our products of $22.9, $23.3 and $29.1 in 2018, 2017
and 2016, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. 
We use the straight-line method for computing depreciation expense over the useful lives of PP&E, which do not exceed 40 years 
for buildings and range from 3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation expense, including amortization of capital 
leases, was $22.6, $22.2 and $22.5 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Leasehold improvements 
are amortized over the life of the related asset or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Interest is capitalized on significant 
construction or installation projects. No interest was capitalized during 2018, 2017 or 2016.

Pension and Postretirement — We recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and losses in earnings 
during the fourth quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required, as a component of net periodic benefit expense 
and, accordingly, recognize the effects of plan investment performance, interest rate changes, and changes in actuarial assumptions 
as a component of earnings in the year in which they occur. The remaining components of pension/postretirement expense, primarily 
service and interest costs and expected return on plan assets, are recorded on a quarterly basis.

57

Income Taxes — We account for our income taxes based on the requirements of the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification, 
which includes an estimate of the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets 
for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred 
income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess the realizability of deferred tax assets 
and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, including the results of local, state, federal or foreign statutory tax audits or estimates 
and judgments used.

Derivative Financial Instruments — We use foreign currency forward contracts to manage our exposures to fluctuating 
currency  exchange  rates,  forward  contracts  to  manage  the  exposure  on  forecasted  purchases  of  commodity  raw  materials 
(“commodity contracts”) and interest rate protection agreements to manage our exposures to fluctuating interest rate risk on variable 
rate debt. Derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet and measured at fair value. For derivatives designated as hedges of the 
fair value of assets or liabilities, the changes in fair values of both the derivatives and the hedged items are recorded in current 
earnings. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the changes in fair value of the derivatives is 
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) and subsequently recognized in earnings when the hedged items 
impact earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as hedges, and the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges, 
are recorded in current earnings. We do not enter into financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

For those transactions that are designated as cash flow hedges, on the date the derivative contract is entered into, we document 
our hedge relationship, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as our risk management 
objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. We also assess, both at inception and quarterly thereafter, whether 
such derivatives are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item. See Notes 13 and 15 for further 
information.

Cash flows from hedging activities are included in the same category as the items being hedged, which are primarily operating 

activities.

(2) 

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent 
assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the reporting period. We evaluate these estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and base our estimates on experience, current 
and expected future conditions, third-party evaluations and various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the 
circumstances. The results of these estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities 
as well as identifying and assessing the accounting treatment with respect to commitments and contingencies. Actual results may 
differ from the estimates and assumptions used in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Listed below are certain significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. 

Certain other estimates and assumptions are further explained in the related notes.

Accounts Receivable Allowances — We provide allowances for estimated losses on uncollectible accounts based on our 
historical experience and the evaluation of the likelihood of success in collecting specific customer receivables. In addition, we 
maintain allowances for customer returns, discounts and invoice pricing discrepancies, with such allowances primarily based on 
historical experience. Summarized below is the activity for these allowance accounts.

Balance at beginning of year

Allowances provided

Write-offs, net of recoveries, credits issued and other

Balance at end of year

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

10.2

$

10.1

$

17.7
(15.7)
12.2

$

13.2
(13.1)
10.2

$

9.1

15.7
(14.7)
10.1

Inventory — We estimate losses for excess and/or obsolete inventory and the net realizable value of inventory based on the 
aging and historical utilization of the inventory and the evaluation of the likelihood of recovering the inventory costs based on 
anticipated demand and selling price.

Long-Lived Assets and Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization — We continually review whether events and circumstances 
subsequent to the acquisition of any long-lived assets, or intangible assets subject to amortization, have occurred that indicate the 

58

remaining estimated useful lives of those assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance of those assets may not be 
fully recoverable. If events and circumstances indicate that the long-lived assets should be reviewed for possible impairment, we 
use projections to assess whether future cash flows on an undiscounted basis related to the assets are likely to exceed the related 
carrying amount. We will record an impairment charge to the extent that the carrying value of the assets exceed their fair values 
as determined by valuation techniques appropriate in the circumstances, which could include the use of similar projections on a 
discounted basis.

In determining the estimated useful lives of definite-lived intangibles, we consider the nature, competitive position, life 
cycle position, and historical and expected future operating cash flows of each acquired asset, as well as our commitment to support 
these assets through continued investment and legal infringement protection.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets — We test goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment 
annually during the fourth quarter and continually assess whether a triggering event has occurred to determine whether the carrying 
value exceeds the implied fair value. The fair value of reporting units is based generally on discounted projected cash flows, but 
we also consider factors such as comparable industry price multiples. We employ cash flow projections that we believe to be 
reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying 
values of the reported net assets of our reporting units. Many of our businesses closely follow changes in the industries and end 
markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including 
principal  methods  of  competition,  such  as  volume,  price,  service,  product  performance  and  technical  innovations,  as  well  as 
estimates associated with cost reduction initiatives, capacity utilization and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. 

Accrued Expenses — We make estimates and judgments in establishing accruals as required under GAAP. Summarized in 

the table below are the components of accrued expenses at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Employee benefits
Unearned revenue (1)
Warranty
Other(2)
Total

December 31,

2018

2017

68.5
—
12.0
103.2
183.7

$

$

68.9
100.1
13.8
109.8
292.6

$

$

___________________________________________________________________

(1)  Unearned revenue include billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts accounted for 
under the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition, customer deposits and unearned amounts on service 
contracts. Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606. In accordance with ASC 606, contract liabilities are  separately 
presented within our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018.  Refer to Note 5 for further information on 
contract liabilities. 

(2)  Other consists of various items including, among other items, accrued legal, interest and restructuring costs, none of 

which is individually material.

Legal — It is our policy to accrue for estimated losses from legal actions or claims when events exist that make the realization 
of the losses probable and they can be reasonably estimated. We do not discount legal obligations or reduce them by anticipated 
insurance recoveries.

Environmental Remediation Costs — We expense costs incurred to investigate and remediate environmental issues unless 
they extend the economic useful lives of related assets. We record liabilities when it is probable that an obligation has been incurred 
and  the  amounts  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Our  environmental  accruals  cover  anticipated  costs,  including  investigation, 
remediation and operation and maintenance of clean-up sites. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation 
plans established by independent consultants, regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. We generally do not 
discount environmental obligations or reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries.

Risk Management Matters — We are subject to claims associated with risk management matters (e.g., product liability, 
predominately  associated  with  alleged  exposure  to  asbestos-containing  materials,  general  liability,  automobile,  and  workers’ 
compensation claims). The liabilities we record for these claims are based on a number of assumptions, including historical claims 
and payment experience and, with respect to asbestos claims, actuarial estimates of the future period during which additional 
claims are reasonably foreseeable. We also have recorded insurance recovery assets associated with the asbestos product liability 
matters. These assets represent amounts that we believe we are or will be entitled to recover under agreements we have with 
insurance companies. The assets we record for these insurance recoveries are based on a number of assumptions, including the 
continued solvency of the insurers, and are subject to a variety of uncertainties. In addition, we are self-insured for certain of our 

59

workers’ compensation, automobile, product, general liability, disability and health costs, and we maintain adequate accruals to 
cover our retained liabilities. Our accruals for self-insurance liabilities are based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred 
but not yet reported, and generally are not discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, 
when making these determinations. We maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess 
of predetermined retained amounts; however, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) 
to protect us against potential loss exposures. The key assumptions considered in estimating the ultimate cost to settle reported 
claims and the estimated costs associated with incurred but not yet reported claims include, among other factors, our historical 
and industry claims experience, trends in health care and administrative costs, our current and future risk management programs, 
and historical lag studies with regard to the timing between when a claim is incurred and reported. See Note 14 for additional 
details.

Warranty — In the normal course of business, we issue product warranties for specific products and provide for the estimated 
future warranty cost in the period in which the sale is recorded. We provide for the estimate of warranty cost based on contract 
terms and historical warranty loss experience that is periodically adjusted for recent actual experience. Because warranty estimates 
are forecasts that are based on the best available information, claims costs may differ from amounts provided. In addition, due to 
the seasonal fluctuations at certain of our businesses, the timing of warranty provisions and the usage of warranty accruals can 
vary period to period. We make adjustments to initial obligations for warranties as changes in the obligations become reasonably 
estimable. The following is an analysis of our product warranty accrual for the periods presented:

Balance at beginning of year
Acquisitions
Impact of initial adoption of ASC 606
Provisions
Usage
Currency translation adjustment

Balance at end of year

Less: Current portion of warranty
Non-current portion of warranty

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

33.9
1.0
0.4
11.9
(13.1)
(0.1)
34.0
12.0
22.0

$

$

35.8
—
—
13.0
(15.4)
0.5
33.9
13.8
20.1

$

$

36.3
—
—
15.2
(15.5)
(0.2)
35.8
15.6
20.2

__________________________________________________________________

        Income Taxes — We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a continuous basis and accrue for potential uncertain 
tax positions in accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification. Accruals for these uncertain tax positions are classified 
as “Income taxes payable” and “Deferred and other income taxes” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets based on an 
expectation as to the timing of when the matter will be resolved. As events change or resolutions occur, these accruals are adjusted, 
such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities. For tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit 
will be sustained, we record the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement with a taxing authority, assuming such authority has full knowledge of all relevant information. These reviews also 
entail analyzing the realization of deferred tax assets. When we believe that it is more likely than not that we will not realize a 
benefit for a deferred tax asset based on all available evidence, we establish a valuation allowance.

        Employee Benefit Plans — Defined benefit plans cover a portion of our salaried and hourly employees, including certain 
employees in foreign countries. As discussed in Note 1, we recognize changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains 
and losses associated with our pension and postretirement benefit plans in earnings during the fourth quarter of each year, unless 
earlier  remeasurement  is  required,  as  a  component  of  net  periodic  benefit  expense.  The  remaining  components  of  pension/
postretirement expense, primarily service and interest costs and expected return on plan assets, are recorded on a quarterly basis. 
See Note 10 for further discussion of our pension and postretirement benefits.

We derive pension expense from an actuarial calculation based on the defined benefit plans’ provisions and our assumptions 
regarding discount rate and rate of increase in compensation levels. We determine the discount rate for our more significant U.S. 
plans by matching the expected projected benefit obligation cash flows of the plans to a yield curve that is representative of long-
term, high-quality (rated AA or higher) fixed income debt instruments as of the measurement date. For our other plans, we determine 
the discount rate based on representative bond indices. The rate of increase in compensation levels is established based on our 
expectations of current and foreseeable future increases in compensation. We also consult with independent actuaries in determining 
these assumptions.

Parent Guarantees and Bonds Associated with Balcke Dürr — As further discussed in Note 4, in connection with the sale 
of Balcke Dürr, we remain contingently obligated under existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds which 

60

totaled approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 31.7 and Euro 21.8, respectively, at 
December 31, 2018). We have accounted for our contingent obligation in accordance with the Guarantees Topic of the Codification, 
which required that we record a liability for the estimated fair value of the parent company guarantees and the bonds in connection 
with the accounting for the sale of Balcke Dürr. We estimated the fair value of the parent company guarantees and bank and surety 
bonds considering the probability of default by Balcke Dürr and an estimate of the amount we would be obligated to pay in the 
event of a default. As also discussed in Note 4, under the related purchase agreement, Balcke Dürr provided cash collateral and 
mutares AG provided a partial guarantee in the event any of the bonds are called. We recorded an asset for the estimated fair value 
of the cash collateral provided by Balcke Dürr and the partial guarantee provided by mutares AG, with the estimated fair values 
based on the terms and conditions and relative risk associated with each of these securities. By way of an offset to “Other expense, 
net,” we are reducing the liability and amortizing the asset, with the reduction of the liability generally to occur upon return of the 
guarantee or bond which is expected to occur at the earlier of the completion of the related underlying project milestones or the 
expiration of the guarantees or bonds, and the amortization of the asset to occur based on the expiration terms of each of the 
securities. We will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the recorded liability and will record an adjustment to the liability if we 
conclude that it is probable that we will be required to fund an amount greater than what is recorded. See Note 16 for further 
information regarding the estimated fair values of the parent company guarantees and bonds, as well as the cash collateral provided 
by Balcke Dürr and the partial guarantee provided by mutares AG.

(3) 

New Accounting Pronouncements

The following is a summary of new accounting pronouncements that apply or may apply to our business.

ASC Topic 606

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new standard on revenue recognition (“ASC 
606”) that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers 
and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. ASC 606 contains a five-step 
approach  that  entities  will  apply  to  determine  the  measurement  of  revenue  and  timing  of  when  it  is  recognized,  including 
(i) identifying the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identifying the separate performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determining 
the transaction price, (iv) allocating the transaction price to separate performance obligations, and (v) recognizing revenue when 
(or as) each performance obligation is satisfied. ASC 606 also requires a number of quantitative and qualitative disclosures intended 
to enable users of the financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue, and the related 
cash flows.  Effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective transition approach for all contracts 
not completed as of the date of adoption. The modified retrospective transition approach recognizes any changes as of the beginning 
of the year of initial application (i.e., as of January 1, 2018) through retained earnings, with no restatement of comparative periods.

The only significant change in revenue recognition as a result of the adoption of ASC 606 relates to our power transformer 
business. Under ASC 606, revenues for our power transformer business are being recognized over time, while under previous 
revenue recognition guidance (ASC 605), revenues for power transformers were recognized at a point in time. See Note 5 for  
further discussion of our revenue recognition principles under, and the post-adoption impact of, ASC 606.

61

 
Summarized below is the impact of the initial application of ASC 606 on our consolidated balance sheet:

Assets
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories, net
Contract assets
Other current assets
Deferred income taxes

Liabilities
Contract liabilities
Accrued expenses
Other long-term liabilities

Equity
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Retained deficit

December 31,
2017

Impact of Adoption
of ASC 606

January 1,
2018

$

$

$

267.5
143.0
—
97.7
50.9

—
292.6
885.8

(36.0) $
(40.2)
70.7
(3.6)
(0.9)

86.9
(99.0)
(1.6)

231.5
102.8
70.7
94.1
50.0

86.9
193.6
884.2

250.1
(742.3) $

(0.3)
4.0

$

249.8
(738.3)

In January 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to guidance that (i) requires equity securities (excluding equity method 
investments) to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net earnings, and (ii) enhances the disclosure 
associated with these instruments.  The amendment allows equity securities that do not have readily determinable fair values to 
be measured at fair value, either upon the occurrence of an observable price change or identification of an impairment.  We adopted 
this amendment in 2018, with the impact limited to an adjustment to the carrying value of an equity security that we had been 
accounting for based on its historical cost.  In connection with our adoption, we adjusted the carrying value of this equity security 
to its estimated fair value, which resulted in a reduction, net of tax, of our retained deficit of $12.0.  See Note 16 for additional 
details.

In February 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance that requires lessees to recognize assets and 
liabilities for the rights and obligations created by leases with terms that exceed twelve months. In addition, this amendment 
requires new qualitative and quantitative disclosures about leasing arrangements. This standard is effective for annual reporting 
periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018 for public business entities, and interim periods within those annual reporting 
periods. Early adoption is permitted, and we plan to adopt the standard as of January 1, 2019 on a modified retrospective basis.  
We will elect the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within the new standard, which among 
other things, allows us to not reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases. We have yet to finalize our analysis 
of the initial impact of the new standard on our consolidated financial statements, but currently estimate that the adoption will 
result in  the recognition of additional lease assets and lease liabilities not exceeding $35.0. We do not believe the adoption will 
have a material impact on our future results of operations. The standard will have no impact on our debt-covenant compliance 
under our current agreements. Refer to Note 14 for additional information regarding future minimum lease payments. 

In August 2016, the FASB issued an amendment to existing guidance to reduce diversity in practice in how certain cash 
receipts and cash payments are presented in the statement of cash flows. This amendment provides clarification on eight specific 
cash flow presentation issues. The issues include, but are not limited to, debt prepayment or extinguishment costs, settlement of 
zero-coupon debt, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, and cash receipts from payments on beneficial interests in 
securitization transactions. This amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including 
interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and is to be applied retrospectively. We adopted this guidance during the 
first quarter of 2018. In connection with the adoption, we reclassified net proceeds related to company-owned life insurance policies 
of $0.7 and $7.7 from operating activities to investing activities within the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

In October 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-16, which removes the prohibition in 
ASC 740 against the immediate recognition of the current and deferred income tax effects of intra-entity transfers of assets other 
than inventory.  ASU 2016-16 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim 
periods within those annual reporting periods.  The requirements of ASU 2016-16 are to be applied on a modified retrospective 
basis, which entails recognizing the initial effect of adoption in retained earnings.  We adopted ASU 2016-16 as of January 1, 
2018, which resulted in an increase of our retained deficit of $0.2.

In January 2017, the FASB issued an amendment to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by removing the 
second step of the two-step impairment test. The amendment requires that an entity recognize an impairment charge for the amount 

62

by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. This amendment is effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning after December 31, 2019, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted. 
The impact of this amendment on our consolidated financial statements will depend on the results of future goodwill impairment 
tests.

In March 2017, the FASB issued an amendment to revise the presentation of net periodic pension and postretirement 
benefit cost. The amendment requires the service cost component to be presented separately from the other components of net 
periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost. Service cost is required to be presented with other employee compensation costs 
within operating income. The other components of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost, such as interest cost, 
expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service cost/credits, and gains or losses, are required to be separately presented 
outside of operating income. This amendment is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including 
interim periods within those annual reporting periods, with the financial statement presentation requirements of the amendment 
applied retrospectively.  We adopted this guidance during the first quarter of 2018. In connection with the adoption, we reclassified 
$5.1 and $15.0 of net periodic pension and postretirement benefit expense from “Selling, general and administrative” to “Other 
expense, net” within the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. See Note 10 for details of our pension and postretirement expense.

In August 2017, the FASB issued significant amendments to hedge accounting. The new guidance will make more financial 
and nonfinancial hedging strategies eligible for hedge accounting. It also amends the presentation and disclosure requirements 
and changes how companies assess effectiveness. It is intended to more closely align hedge accounting with companies’ risk 
management strategies, simplify the application of hedge accounting, and increase transparency as to the scope and results of 
hedging programs. The amendments can be adopted immediately in any interim or annual period (including the current period). 
We will adopt this guidance on January 1, 2019, with such adoption not expected to have a material impact to our consolidated 
financial statements. 

In February 2018, the FASB amended its guidance for reporting comprehensive income to reflect the potential impacts 
of the reduction in the corporate tax rate resulting from the Act. The amendment gives the option of reclassifying the stranded tax 
effects within AOCI to retained earnings during the fiscal year or quarter in which the effect of the lower tax rate is recorded. The 
amendment is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance as 
of January 1, 2018, which resulted in an increase of our retained deficit of $4.8. 

63

 
(4) 

Acquisitions, Discontinued Operations, and Other Dispositions

Acquisition of Cues

As indicated in Note 1, on June 7, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Cues for $164.4, net of cash acquired of $20.6. We 
financed the acquisition with available cash and borrowings under our senior credit and trade receivables financing arrangements. 
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded at estimates of fair value as determined by management, based on 
information available and on assumptions as to future operations and are subject to change based on the final assessment and 
valuation of certain income tax amounts. The following is a summary of the recorded fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed for Cues as of June 7, 2018:

Assets acquired:

Current assets, including cash and equivalents of $20.6

Property, plant and equipment

Goodwill

Intangible assets

Other assets

Total assets acquired

Current liabilities assumed

Non-current liabilities assumed

Net assets acquired

$

70.4

7.4

48.6

79.5

2.3

208.2

7.8

15.4

$

185.0

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consist of a trademark, customer backlog, customer relationships, and technology 
of $27.6, $0.8, $42.6, and $8.5, respectively, with such amounts based on an assessment of the related fair values. We expect to 
amortize the customer backlog, customer relationships, and technology assets over 0.5, 12.0, and 11.0 years, respectively.

We acquired gross receivables of $13.6, which had a fair value at the acquisition date of $13.2 based on our estimates of 

cash flows expected to be recovered.

The qualitative factors that comprise the recorded goodwill include expected synergies from combining our existing inspection 
equipment operations with those of Cues, expected market growth for Cues’ existing operations, and various other factors. We 
expect none of this goodwill or the intangible assets described above to be deductible for tax purposes.

For the period June 7, 2018 to December 31, 2018, Cues recognized revenues and a net loss of $52.3 and $0.4, respectively 
with the net loss impacted by charges of  $4.3 associated with the excess fair value (over historical cost) of inventory acquired 
which has been subsequently sold. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we incurred acquisition related costs for Cues of  
$2.4,  which  have  been  recorded  to  “Selling,  general  and  administrative”  within  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of 
operations.  

The following unaudited pro forma information presents our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 
31, 2018 and 2017 as if the acquisition of Cues had taken place on January 1, 2017. The unaudited pro forma financial information 
is  not  intended  to  represent  or  be  indicative  of  our  consolidated  results  of  operations  that  would  have  been  reported  had  the 
acquisition been completed as of the date presented, and should not be taken as representative of our future consolidated results 
of operations. The pro forma results include estimates and assumptions that management believes are reasonable; however, these 
results do not include any anticipated cost savings or expenses of the planned integration of Cues. These pro forma results of 
operations have been prepared for comparative purposes only and include additional interest expense on the borrowings required 
to finance the acquisition, additional depreciation and amortization expense associated with fair value adjustments to the acquired 
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, the removal of charges associated with the excess fair value (over historical 
cost) of inventory acquired and subsequently sold,  the removal of professional fees and other one-time costs incurred in connection 
with the transaction, and the related income tax effects.

64

Revenues

Income from continuing operations

Net income

Income from continuing operations per share of common stock:

Basic

Diluted

Net income per share of common stock:

Basic

Diluted

Acquisition of Schonstedt

$

$

$

$

$

Years ended December 31,

2018

2017

1,572.7

$

87.1

90.1

2.02

1.95

2.09

2.02

$

$

$

$

1,511.4

87.4

92.7

2.06

1.99

2.19

2.11

As indicated in Note 1, on March 1, 2018, we completed the acquisition of Schonstedt for $16.4, net of cash acquired of 

$0.3. The pro forma effects of the Schonstedt acquisition are not material to our consolidated results of operations.  

Sale of Balcke Dürr Business

As indicated in Note 1, on December 30, 2016, we completed the sale of Balcke Dürr for cash proceeds of less than $0.1. 
In addition, we left $21.1 of cash in Balcke Dürr at the time of the sale. In connection with the sale, we recorded a net loss of 
$78.6 to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” during the fourth quarter of 2016. 

The  purchase  agreement  provides  that  existing  parent  company  guarantees  and  bank  and  surety  bonds,  which  totaled 
approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 31.7 and Euro 21.8, respectively, at December 
31, 2018), will remain in place through each instrument’s expiration date, with such expiration dates occurring through 2022. 
Balcke Dürr and the Buyer have provided us an indemnity in the event that any of the bonds are called. Also, at the time of sale, 
Balcke Dürr provided cash collateral of Euro 4.0 and mutares AG provided a guarantee of Euro 5.0 as a security for the above 
indemnifications (Euro 3.0 and Euro 5.0, respectively, at December 31, 2018).  The net loss recorded at the time of the sale of 
$78.6 includes a charge of $5.1 associated with the estimated fair value of the guarantees and bonds, after consideration of the 
indemnifications provided in the event any of the bonds are called. See Note 16 for further details regarding the estimated fair 
value of these guarantees and bonds.

As  indicated  in  Note  1,  the  results  of  Balcke  Dürr  are  presented  as  a  discontinued  operation  within  the  accompanying 
consolidated financial statements. Major classes of line items constituting pre-tax loss and after-tax loss of Balcke Dürr for the 
year ended December 31, 2016 are shown below:

Revenues

Costs and expenses:

Costs of products sold

Selling, general and administrative

Special charges (credits), net

Other expense, net

Loss before taxes

Income tax benefit

Loss from discontinued operations

65

$

153.4

144.2

31.4

(1.3)

(0.2)

(21.1)

4.5

(16.6)

$

The following table presents selected financial information for Balcke Dürr that is included within discontinued operations 

in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016: 

Non-cash items included in income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Depreciation and amortization

Capital expenditures

$

2.0
0.7

During 2017, we reduced the net loss associated with the sale of Balcke Dürr by $6.8. The reduction was comprised of an 
additional income tax benefit recorded for the sale of $9.4, partially offset by the impact of adjustments to liabilities retained in 
connection with the sale and certain other adjustments. During the second quarter of 2018, we reached a settlement with the Buyer 
on the amount of cash and working capital at the closing date, as well as on various other matters, for a net payment from the 
Buyer in the amount of Euro 3.0. The settlement resulted in a gain, net of tax, of $3.8, which was recorded to “Gain (loss) on 
disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax” during the second quarter of 2018.

Other Discontinued Operations Activity

In addition to the businesses discussed above, we recognized net losses of $0.8, $1.5 and $2.7 during 2018, 2017 and 2016, 

respectively, resulting from adjustments to gains/losses on dispositions of businesses discontinued prior to 2016.

Changes in estimates associated with liabilities retained in connection with a business divestiture (e.g., income taxes) may 
occur. As a result, it is possible that the resulting gains/losses on these and other previous divestitures may be materially adjusted 
in subsequent periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, results of operations from our businesses reported as discontinued 

operations were as follows:

Balcke Dürr
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Income tax (provision) benefit
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

All other
Loss from discontinued operations
Income tax benefit
Loss from discontinued operations, net

Total
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
Income tax (provision) benefit
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net

Other Dispositions

Year ended December 31, 

2018

2017

2016

$

6.3
(2.5)
3.8

(2.6) $
9.4
6.8

(107.0)
11.8
(95.2)

(1.2)
0.4
(0.8)

(4.0)
2.5
(1.5)

(3.7)
1.0
(2.7)

5.1
(2.1)
3.0

$

(6.6)
11.9
5.3

$

(110.7)
12.8
(97.9)

$

$

As indicated in Note 1, on March 30, 2016, we completed the sale of our dry cooling business for cash proceeds of $47.6
(net of cash transferred with the business of $3.0). In connection with the sale, we recorded a gain of $18.4. The gain includes a 
reclassification from “Equity” of other comprehensive income of $40.4 related to foreign currency translation.

(5) 

Revenues from Contracts

As indicated in Notes 1 and 3, effective January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC 606 under the modified retrospective transition 
approach.  As a result, for periods prior to 2018, revenue continues to be presented based on prior guidance. Summarized below 
is our policy for recognizing revenue under ASC 606, as well as the various disclosures required by ASC 606.

Performance Obligations - Certain of our contracts are comprised of multiple deliverables, which can include hardware 
and software components, installation, maintenance, and extended warranties. For these contracts, we evaluate whether these 
deliverables represent separate performance obligations as defined by ASC 606. In some cases, a customer contracts with us to 
66

integrate a complex set of tasks and components into a single project or capability (even if the single project results in the delivery 
of multiple units). Hence, the entire contract is treated as a single performance obligation.  In contrast, we may promise to provide 
distinct goods or services within a contract, in which case we separate the contract into more than one performance obligation. If 
a contract is separated into more than one performance obligation, we allocate the total transaction price to each performance 
obligation in an amount based on the estimated relative standalone selling prices of the promised goods or services underlying 
each performance obligation. In cases where we sell standard products with observable standalone selling prices, these selling 
prices are used to determine the standalone selling price. In cases where we sell a customized customer specific solution, we 
typically use the expected cost plus margin approach to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Sales 
taxes and other usage-based taxes are excluded from revenue.

Remaining  performance  obligations  represent  performance  obligations  that  have  yet  to  be  satisfied. As  a  practical 
expedient, we do not disclose performance obligations that are (i) part of a contract that has an original expected duration of less 
than one year (this encompasses substantially all contracts with customers in the HVAC and Detection and Measurement reportable 
segments) and/or (ii) satisfied in a manner consistent with our right to consideration from the customer (i.e., revenue is recognized 
as value is transferred). Performance obligations for contracts with an original duration in excess of one year that have yet to be 
satisfied as of the end of a period primarily relate to our large process cooling systems and large South African projects, as well 
as certain of our bus fare collection systems. As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount allocated to remaining performance 
obligations after the effect of practical expedients was $97.2. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately 50% and 70% of 
the remaining performance obligations over the next 12 and 24 months, respectively, with the remaining recognized thereafter.

Options - We offer options within certain of our contracts to purchase future goods or services. To the extent the option 
provides a material right to a future benefit (i.e., future goods and services at a discount from the relative standalone selling price), 
we separate the material right as a performance obligation and adjust the standalone selling price of the other performance obligations 
within  the  contract. When  determining  the  relative  standalone  selling  price  of  the  option,  we  first  determine  the  incremental 
discount that the customer would receive by exercising the option and then adjust that value based on the probability of option 
exercise (based, where possible, on historical experience). Revenue is recognized for the option as either the option is exercised 
or when it expires.

Contract Combination and Modification - We assess each contract at its inception to determine whether it should be 
combined with other contracts for revenue recognition purposes. When making this determination, we consider factors such as 
whether two or more contracts with a customer were negotiated at or near the same time or were negotiated with an overall profit 
objective. Contracts are sometimes modified for changes in contract specifications, scope, or price (or a combination of these). 
Contract modifications for goods or services that are not distinct within the context of the contract (generally associated with 
specification changes for certain product lines within our Engineered Solutions reportable segment and “All Other” category of 
operating segments) are accounted for as part of the existing contract. Contract modifications for goods or services that are distinct 
(i.e., adding or subtracting distinct goods or services) are accounted for as either a termination of the existing contract and the 
creation of a new contract (where the goods or services are not priced at their standalone selling price), or the creation of separate 
contract (where the goods or services are priced at their standalone selling price).

Variable Consideration - We determine the transaction price for each contract based on the consideration we expect to 
receive for the products or services being provided under the contract. For contracts where a portion of the price may vary, we 
estimate the variable consideration at the amount to which we expect to be entitled, which is included in the transaction price to 
the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. We analyze the risk of a 
significant revenue reversal and, if necessary, constrain the amount of variable consideration recognized in order to mitigate this 
risk. Variable consideration primarily pertains to late delivery penalties, unapproved change orders and claims (levied by us and /
or against us), and index-based pricing. Actual amounts of consideration ultimately received may differ from our estimates. If 
actual results vary from our estimates, we will adjust these estimates, which would affect revenue and earnings in the period such 
variances become known.

As noted above, the nature of our contracts gives rise to several types of variable consideration, including unapproved 
change orders and claims. We include in our contract estimates additional revenue for unapproved change orders or claims against 
the customer when we believe we have an enforceable right to the unapproved change order or claim, the amount can be reliably 
estimated, and the above criteria have been met. In evaluating these criteria, we consider the contractual/legal basis for the claim, 
the cause of any additional costs incurred, the reasonableness of those costs, and the objective evidence available to support the 
claim. These estimates are also based on historical award experience. At December 31, 2018, our recorded cumulative revenues 
related to the large power projects in South Africa included approximately $37.9 related to claims and unapproved change orders. 
See Note 14 for additional details on our large power projects in South Africa.

67

Returns, Customer Sales Incentives and Warranties - We have certain arrangements that require us to estimate, at the 
time of sale, the amounts of variable consideration that should be excluded from revenue as (i) certain amounts are not expected 
to be collected from customers and/or (ii) the product may be returned. We principally rely on historical experience, specific 
customer agreements, and anticipated future trends to estimate these amounts at the time of shipment and to reduce the transaction 
price. These arrangements include volume rebates, which are estimated using the most likely amount method, as well as early 
payment discounts and promotional and advertising allowances, which are estimated using the expected value method. We primarily 
offer assurance-type standard warranties that the product will conform to published specifications for a defined period of time 
after delivery. These types of warranties do not represent separate performance obligations. We establish provisions for estimated 
returns and warranties primarily based on contract terms and historical experience, using the expected value method. Certain 
businesses offer extended warranties, which are considered separate performance obligations. 

Contract Costs - We have elected to apply the practical expedient provided under ASC 606 which allows an entity to 
expense incremental costs of obtaining or fulfilling a contract when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity 
otherwise would have recorded is one year or less. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight after control 
over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as fulfillment costs and are included in cost of products sold. The 
net  asset  recorded  for  incremental  costs  incurred  to  obtain  or  fulfill  contracts,  after  consideration  of  the  practical  expedient 
mentioned above, is not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Nature of Goods and Services, Satisfaction of Performance Obligations, and Payment Terms

Our HVAC product lines include package cooling towers, residential and commercial boilers, and comfort heating and 
ventilation  products.  Performance  obligations  for  our  HVAC  product  lines  relate  primarily  to  the  delivery  of  equipment  and 
components, with satisfaction of these performance obligations occurring at the time of shipment or delivery (i.e., control is 
transferred at a point in time). The typical length of a contract is one to three months and payment terms are generally 15 to 60 
days after shipment to the customer. 

Our detection and measurement product lines include underground pipe and cable locators, inspection and rehabilitation 
equipment, bus fare collection systems, signal monitoring, and obstruction lighting. Performance obligations for these product 
lines  relate  to  delivery  of  equipment  and  components,  installation  and  other  short-term  services,  long-term  maintenance  and 
software subscription services.  Performance obligations for equipment and components generally are satisfied at the time of 
shipment or delivery (i.e., control is transferred at a point in time).  Performance obligations for installation and other short-term 
services are satisfied over time as the installation or service is performed. Performance obligations for maintenance and software 
subscription services are satisfied over time, with the related revenue recorded evenly throughout the contract service period as 
this method best depicts how control of the service is transferred. Payment terms for equipment and components are typically 30 
to 60 days after shipment or delivery, while payment for services typically occurs at completion for shorter-term engagements 
(less than three months in duration) and throughout the service period for longer-term engagements (generally greater than three 
months in duration). These product lines have varying contract lengths ranging from one to eighteen months (with the longer term 
contracts generally associated with our bus fare collection systems and signal monitoring products lines), with the typical duration 
being one to three months.

Our engineered solutions product lines include medium and large power transformers and process cooling equipment. 
Performance obligations for these product lines relate to delivery of equipment and components, construction and reconstruction 
of cooling towers and other components, and providing installation, replacement/spare parts, and various other services. For these 
product lines, our customers typically contract with us to provide a customer-specific solution. The customer typically controls 
the work in process due to contractual termination clauses whereby we have an enforceable right to recovery of cost incurred 
including  a  reasonable  profit  for  work  performed  to  date  on  products  or  services  that  do  not  have  an  alternative  use  to  us.  
Additionally, certain projects are performed on customer sites such that the customer controls the asset as it is created or enhanced. 
As such, performance obligations for these product lines are generally satisfied over time, with the related revenue recorded based 
on the percentage of costs incurred to date for each contract to the estimated total costs for such contract at completion, as this 
method best depicts how control of the product or service is being transferred. Revenue for sales of certain engineered components 
and all replacement/spare parts is recognized upon shipment or delivery (i.e., at a point in time). The length of customer contract 
is generally 6 to 12 months for our power transformers business and 6 to 18 months for our process cooling business. Payments 
on longer-term contracts are generally commensurate with milestones defined in the related contract, while payments for the 
replacement/spare parts contracts typically occur 30 to 60 days after delivery.

Our remaining (“All Other”) product lines include primarily heat exchangers and two large power plant contracts in our 
South African business. Performance obligations for these product lines relate to delivery of equipment and components and 
construction, installation, and various other services. For these product lines, our customers typically contract with us to provide 
a customer-specific solution. The customer typically controls the work in process due to contractual termination clauses whereby 

68

 
we have an enforceable right to recovery of cost incurred including a reasonable profit for work performed to date on products or 
services that do not have an alternative use to us.  Additionally, certain projects are performed on customer sites such that the 
customer controls the asset as it is created or enhanced. As such, performance obligations for these product lines are generally 
satisfied over time, with the related revenue recorded based on the percentage of costs incurred to date for each contract to the 
estimated total costs for such contract at completion, as this method best depicts how control of the product or service is being 
transferred. The length of customer contract is generally 6 to 18 months for our heat exchanger business. The large contracts in 
our South African business relate to the construction of two large power plants that have a length in excess of 10 years. Payments 
for these product lines are generally commensurate with milestones defined in the related contract. 

Customer prepayments, progress billings, and retention payments are customary in certain of our project-based businesses, 
generally for our engineered solutions and “All Other” product lines and, to a lesser extent, our detection and measurement product 
lines. Customer prepayments, progress billings, and retention payments are not considered a significant financing component 
because they are intended to protect either the customer or ourselves in the event that some or all of the obligations under the 
contract are not completed. Additionally, most contract assets are expected to convert to accounts receivable, and contract liabilities 
are expected to convert to revenue, within one year. As such, after applying the practical expedient to exclude potential financing 
components that are less than one year in duration, we do not have any such financing components.

69

Disaggregated Revenues

We disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers by major product line and based on the timing of recognition 
for each of our reportable segments and our group of other operating segments, as we believe such disaggregation best depicts 
how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of our revenues and cash flows are effected by economic factors, with such 
disaggregation presented below for the year ended December 31, 2018:

Reportable Segments and All Other

Major product lines

Cooling
Boilers, comfort heating, and ventilation

Underground locators and inspection and
rehabilitation equipment

Signal monitoring, obstruction lighting, and bus fare
collection systems
Power transformers

Process cooling equipment, services, and heat
exchangers
South African projects

Timing of Revenue Recognition

Revenues recognized at a point in time
Revenues recognized over time

Contract Balances

Year Ended December 31, 2018

HVAC

Detection and
Measurement

Engineered
Solutions

All Other

Total

$

$

$

$

$

281.7
300.4

— $
—

— $
—

— $
—

—

—
—

—
—
582.1

582.1
—
582.1

$

$

$

159.1

161.8
—

—
—
320.9

307.3
13.6
320.9

$

$

$

—

—
373.8

163.2
—
537.0

61.5
475.5
537.0

$

$

$

—

—
—

49.5
49.1
98.6

5.1
93.5
98.6

$

$

$

281.7
300.4

159.1

161.8
373.8

212.7
49.1
1,538.6

956.0
582.6
1,538.6

Our customers are invoiced for products and services at the time of delivery or based on contractual milestones, resulting 
in outstanding receivables with payment terms from these customers (“Contract Accounts Receivable”).  In some cases, the timing 
of revenue recognition, particularly for revenue recognized over time, differs from when such amounts are invoiced to customers, 
resulting in a contract asset (revenue recognition precedes the invoicing of the related revenue amount) or a contract liability 
(payment from the customer precedes recognition of the related revenue amount).  Contract assets and liabilities are generally 
classified  as  current.    On  a  contract-by-contract  basis,  the  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  are  reported  net  within  our 
consolidated balance sheet.  Our contract balances consisted of the following as of December 31, 2018 and January 1, 2018:

Contract Balances
Contract Accounts Receivable (2)
Contract Assets
Contract Liabilities - current
Contract Liabilities - non-current (3)
Net contract balance
_____________________

$

$

December 31, 2018

January 1, 2018 (1)

Change

263.9
91.2
(79.5)
(2.1)
273.5

$

$

222.9
70.7
(86.9)
—
206.7

$

$

41.0
20.5
7.4
(2.1)
66.8

(1) See Note 3 for the impact of the change at January 1, 2018 as a result of the adoption of ASC 606.

(2) Included in “Accounts receivable, net” within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(3) Included in “Other long-term liabilities” within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

The $66.8 increase in our net contract balance from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 was due primarily to 

revenue recognized during the period, partially offset by cash payments received from customers during the period.

During 2018, we recognized revenues of  $67.8 related to our contract liabilities at January 1, 2018. 

70

Impact of ASC 606 Adoption

Summarized below is a comparison of our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income for the year 
ended December 31, 2018 and consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 as prepared under the provisions of ASC 606 
to a presentation of these financial statements under the prior revenue recognition guidance. As previously discussed, the most 
significant impact of adopting ASC 606 relates to our power transformer business where, under ASC 606, revenues for power 
transformers are now being recorded over time versus at a point in time under the prior revenue recognition guidance. The initial 
transition to ASC 606 resulted in a reduction of inventory and deferred revenue (previously presented within “Accrued expenses”) 
and an increase to contract assets, as indicated in Note 3. Contract assets and contract liabilities are now separately presented 
within our consolidated balance sheet (previously included in “Accounts receivable, net” and “Accrued expenses”, respectively). 
Additionally, and as noted below, the difference in revenue and earnings under prior revenue recognition guidance during the year 
ended December 31, 2018 is due primarily to the timing of power transformer deliveries.  

Year ended December 31, 2018
Effect of ASC 606
Adoption

Reported

Consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive
income
Revenues
Cost of products sold
Selling, general and administrative
Operating income
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax provision
Income from continuing operations
Net income

Comprehensive income

Basic income per share of common stock:

Income from continuing operations
Net income per share

Diluted income per share of common stock:

Income from continuing operations
Net income per share

Consolidated balance sheet
Accounts receivable, net
Contract assets
Inventories, net
Other current assets

Total current assets
Deferred income taxes
TOTAL ASSETS
Contract liabilities
Accrued expenses

Total current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

Total long-term liabilities

Retained deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income

Total equity

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

$

$
$

$

71

1,538.6
1,127.9
292.6
107.6
79.6
(1.4)
78.2
81.2

76.0

1.82
1.89

1.75
1.82

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

269.1
91.2
128.8
40.5
598.4
24.4
2,057.5
79.5
183.7
470.2
817.3
1,172.4

(650.1)
244.9
414.9
2,057.5

$

$
$

$

Reported

As of December 31, 2018
Effect of ASC 606
Adoption

Under Prior Revenue
Recognition Guidance
1,524.4
1,116.3
292.0
105.6
77.6
(0.9)
76.7
79.7

(14.2) $
(11.6)
(0.6)
(2.0)
(2.0)
0.5
(1.5)
(1.5) $

(0.5) $

(0.04) $
(0.04) $

(0.03) $
(0.03) $

75.5

1.78
1.85

1.72
1.79

Under Prior Revenue
Recognition Guidance
302.3
$
—
180.9
44.6
596.6
25.8
2,057.1
—
265.7
472.7
818.9
1,174.0

33.2
(91.2)
52.1
4.1
(1.8)
1.4
(0.4) $
(79.5) $
82.0
2.5
1.6
1.6

(5.5)
1.0
(4.5)
(0.4) $

(655.6)
245.9
410.4
2,057.1

 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows - The impact of ASC 606 on our consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended 
December 31, 2018 is not presented, as the only impact to operating cash flows related to changes to net income and certain 
working capital amounts (no change to total operating cash flows) and there is no impact to investing or financing cash flows.

(6)     Information on Reportable and Other Operating Segments

We are a global supplier of highly specialized, engineered solutions with operations in approximately 15 countries and sales 

in over 100 countries around the world. 

As indicated in Note 1, our DBT and Heat Transfer operating segments are now being reported in an “All Other” category 
for segment reporting purposes. We have aggregated our other operating segments into the following three reportable segments: 
HVAC, Detection and Measurement and Engineered Solutions. The factors considered in determining our aggregated segments 
are the economic similarity of the businesses, the nature of products sold or services provided, production processes, types of 
customers, distribution methods, and regulatory environment. In determining our reportable segments, we apply the threshold 
criteria of the Segment Reporting Topic of the Codification. Operating income or loss for each of our operating segments is 
determined before considering impairment and special charges, pension and postretirement expense/income, long-term incentive 
compensation, gains (losses) on the sale of our dry cooling business, and other indirect corporate expenses. This is consistent with 
the way our Chief Operating Decision Maker evaluates the results of each segment.

HVAC Reportable Segment

Our HVAC reportable segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs and services cooling products for the HVAC and 
industrial markets, as well as boilers, comfort heating and ventilation products for the residential and commercial markets. The 
primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers, independent manufacturing representatives, third-
party distributors, and retailers. The segment serves a customer base in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific.

Detection and Measurement Reportable Segment

Our Detection and Measurement reportable segment engineers, designs, manufactures and installs underground pipe and 
cable locators, inspection and rehabilitation equipment, bus fare collection systems, communication technologies, and specialty 
lighting. The primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers and third-party distributors. The 
segment serves a global customer base, with a strong presence in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. 

Engineered Solutions Reportable Segment

Our Engineered Solutions reportable segment engineers, designs, manufactures, installs and services transformers for the 
power transmission and distribution market and process cooling equipment for the industrial and power generation markets. The 
primary distribution channels for the segment’s products are direct to customers and third-party representatives. The segment has 
a strong presence in North America.

All Other

Our “All Other” group of operating segments engineer, design, manufacture, install and service equipment, including heat 
exchangers, for the industrial and power generation markets.  The primary distribution channels for the group’s products are direct 
to customers and third-party representatives.  These operating segments have a presence in North America and South Africa.  

Corporate Expense

Corporate expense generally relates to the cost of our Charlotte, NC corporate headquarters.

72

Financial data for our reportable segments and other operating segments for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 

2016 were as follows:

2018

2017

2016

Revenues:

HVAC reportable segment

Detection and Measurement reportable segment

Engineered Solutions reportable segment
All Other (1)
     Consolidated revenues

Income (loss):

HVAC reportable segment

Detection and Measurement reportable segment

Engineered Solutions reportable segment
All Other (1)(2)
    Total income for segments

Corporate expense

Pension and postretirement expense

Long-term incentive compensation expense

Impairment of intangible assets

Special charges, net

Gain (loss) on sale of dry cooling business

Consolidated operating income

Capital expenditures:

HVAC reportable segment

Detection and Measurement reportable segment

Engineered Solutions reportable segment

All Other

General corporate

Total capital expenditures

Depreciation and amortization:

HVAC reportable segment

Detection and Measurement reportable segment

Engineered Solutions reportable segment

All Other 

General corporate

Total depreciation and amortization

Identifiable assets:

HVAC reportable segment

Detection and Measurement reportable segment

Engineered Solutions reportable segment

All Other 

General corporate

Total identifiable assets

Geographic Areas:
Revenues: (3)
United States

China
South Africa (1)
United Kingdom

Other

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

73

$

$

$

582.1

320.9

537.0

98.6

1,538.6

90.0

72.4

35.0

(18.9)

178.5

48.5

—

15.5

—

6.3

(0.6)

$

$

$

511.0

260.3

560.7

93.8

1,425.8

74.1

63.4

44.2

(56.8)

124.9

46.2

0.3

15.8

—

2.7

—

107.6

$

59.9

$

$

$

$

2.7

1.9

6.9

0.1

0.8

12.4

5.4

8.4

10.6

1.8

3.0

$

$

$

2.2

0.8

5.8

0.3

1.9

11.0

5.5

4.1

10.4

2.1

3.1

509.5

226.4

598.0

138.4

1,472.3

80.2

45.3

39.1

(21.8)

142.8

41.7

0.4

13.7

30.1

5.3

18.4

70.0

1.9

0.7

5.6

0.9

2.6

11.7

5.3

3.5

11.0

4.2

2.5

26.5

710.1

244.2

462.5

105.1

390.6

29.2

$

25.2

$

2018

2017

2016

$

778.5

479.0

422.4

82.2

295.4

$

747.1

277.8

466.2

91.6

457.7

2,057.5

$

2,040.4

$

1,912.5

1,317.5

$

1,243.3

$

1,235.2

38.5

72.7

62.4

47.5

28.0

56.9

60.8

36.8

33.5

105.4

59.1

39.1

1,538.6

$

1,425.8

$

1,472.3

Tangible Long-Lived Assets:

United States

Other

Total tangible long-lived assets

___________________________________________________________________

$

$

837.4

28.9

866.3

$

$

919.6

24.8

944.4

$

$

897.0

29.6

926.6

(1)  As further discussed in Note 14, during the third quarter of 2018 and second and fourth quarters of 2017, we made 
revisions to our estimates of expected revenues and costs on our large power projects in South Africa.  As a result of these 
revisions, we reduced 2018 revenues by $2.7 and 2017 revenues by $36.9 ($13.5 and $23.4 during the second and fourth 
quarters of 2017, respectively), and 2018 segment income by $4.7 and 2017 segment income by $52.8 ($22.9 and $29.9
in the second and fourth quarters of 2017, respectively).

(2)  During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately canceled by a customer 
of  our  Heat  Transfer  operating  segment  for  cash  proceeds  of $9.0 and  other  consideration.  In  connection  with  the 
settlement, we recorded a gain of $10.2.

(3)  Revenues are included in the above geographic areas based on the country that recorded the customer revenue.

(7) 

Special Charges, Net

As  part  of  our  business  strategy,  we  periodically  right-size  and  consolidate  operations  to  improve  long-term  results. 
Additionally, from time to time, we alter our business model to better serve customer demand, discontinue lower-margin product 
lines and rationalize and consolidate manufacturing capacity. Our restructuring and integration decisions are based, in part, on 
discounted cash flows and are designed to achieve our goals of reducing structural footprint and maximizing profitability. As a 
result of our strategic review process, we recorded net special charges of $6.3 in 2018, $2.7 in 2017 and $5.3 in 2016. These net 
special charges were primarily related to restructuring initiatives to consolidate manufacturing and sales facilities, reduce workforce, 
and rationalize certain product lines.

The components of the charges have been computed based on actual cash payouts, including severance and other employee 
benefits based on existing severance policies, local laws, and other estimated exit costs, and our estimate of the realizable value 
of the affected tangible and intangible assets.

Impairments of long-lived assets, including amortizable intangibles, which represent non-cash asset write-downs, typically 
arise from business restructuring decisions that lead to the disposition of assets no longer required in the restructured business. 
For these situations, we recognize a loss when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows 
expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Fair values for assets subject to impairment testing are 
determined primarily by management, taking into consideration various factors including third-party appraisals, quoted market 
prices and previous experience. If an asset remains in service at the decision date, the asset is written down to its fair value and 
the resulting net book value is depreciated over its remaining economic useful life. When we commit to a plan to sell an asset, 
including the initiation of a plan to locate a buyer, and it is probable that the asset will be sold within one year based on its current 
condition and sales price, depreciation of the asset is discontinued and the asset is classified as an asset held for sale. The asset is 
written down to its fair value less any selling costs.

Liabilities  for  exit  costs,  including,  among  other  things,  severance,  other  employee  benefit  costs,  and  operating  lease 

obligations on idle facilities, are measured initially at their fair value and recorded when incurred.

We anticipate that the liabilities related to restructuring actions will be paid within one year from the period in which the 

action was initiated.

Special charges for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 are described in more detail below and in the 

applicable sections that follow:

Employee termination costs
Other cash costs, net
Non-cash asset write-downs

Total

Years Ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

5.7
—
0.6
6.3

$

$

2.5
0.2
—
2.7

$

$

1.7
—
3.6
5.3

74

2018 Charges:

Employee
Termination
Costs

Other
Cash Costs,
Net

Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs

Total
Special
Charges

HVAC reportable segment
Detection and Measurement reportable segment
Engineered Solutions reportable segment
All Other
Corporate
Total

$

$

0.8
—
—
4.4
0.5
5.7

$

$

— $
—
—
—
—
— $

— $
—
—
0.6
—
0.6

$

0.8
—
—
5.0
0.5
6.3

HVAC  — Charges for 2018 related primarily to severance costs associated with restructuring actions at the boiler and Cooling 

Americas’ businesses. These actions resulted in the termination of 18 employees.

All Other  —  Charges for 2018 related primarily to severance and other costs associated with the planned wind-down of 
our Heat Transfer business and a restructuring action at DBT, our South African business. These actions resulted in the termination 
of 295 employees.

Corporate  —  Charges  for  2018  related  to  severance  costs  incurred  in  connection  with  the  rationalization  of  certain 

administrative functions. These actions resulted in the termination of 6 employees.

2017 Charges:

Employee
Termination
Costs

Other
Cash Costs, Net

Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs

Total
Special
Charges

HVAC reportable segment
Detection and Measurement reportable segment
Engineered Solutions reportable segment
All Other
Corporate
Total

$

$

0.4
0.3
0.2
1.5
0.1
2.5

$

$

— $
—
0.2
—
—
0.2

$

— $
—
—
—
—
— $

0.4
0.3
0.4
1.5
0.1
2.7

HVAC — Charges for 2017  related primarily to severance costs associated with a restructuring action at our Cooling Americas’ 

heating business. This action resulted in the termination of 12 employees.

Detection and Measurement — Charges for 2017 related to severance costs associated with a restructuring action at our 

communication technologies business. The action resulted in the termination of 8 employees.

Engineered Solutions — Charges for 2017 related primarily to severance costs associated with a restructuring action at our 

process cooling business. The action resulted in the termination of 3 employees.

All Other  —  Charges for 2017 related primarily to severance costs associated with a restructuring action at DBT. The action 

resulted in the termination of 108 employees.

Corporate — Charges for 2017 related to severance costs incurred in connection with the sale of Balcke Dürr. The action 

resulted in the termination of 4 employees.

75

2016 Charges:

Employee
Termination
Costs

Other
Cash Costs, Net

Non-Cash
Asset
Write-downs

Total
Special
Charges

HVAC reportable segment
Detection and Measurement reportable segment
Engineered Solutions reportable segment
All Other
Corporate
Total

$

$

— $
0.5
0.1
1.1
—
1.7

$

— $
—
—
—
—
— $

— $
0.3
—
3.3
—
3.6

$

—
0.8
0.1
4.4
—
5.3

Detection and Measurement — Charges for 2016 related to severance and other costs associated with our bus fare collection 

business. These actions resulted in the termination of 19 employees.

Engineered Solutions   — Charges for 2016 related to severance and other costs associated with our transformers business.  

The action resulted in the termination of 6 employees

All Other — Charges for 2016 related primarily to costs incurred in connection with restructuring actions at our Heat Transfer 
business in order to reduce the cost base of the business in response to reduced demand. The cost incurred for these restructuring 
actions included asset impairment charges of $3.3 associated with the discontinuance of a product line and outsourcing initiatives, 
as well as severance costs. These restructuring activities resulted in the termination of 91 employees.

The following is an analysis of our restructuring liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

Balance at beginning of year
Special charges(1)
Utilization — cash
Currency translation adjustment and other
Balance at the end of year

December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

0.6
5.7
(3.6)
—
2.7

$

$

0.9
2.7
(3.0)
—
0.6

$

$

1.6
1.7
(2.1)
(0.3)
0.9

___________________________________________________________________

(1)  The years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 excluded $0.6, $0.0 and $3.6, respectively, of non-cash charges that impacted 

special charges but not the restructuring liabilities.

(8) 

Inventories, Net

Inventories at December 31, 2018 and 2017 comprised the following:

Finished goods
Work in process
Raw materials and purchased parts
Total FIFO cost
Excess of FIFO cost over LIFO inventory value
Total inventories

December 31,

2018

2017

49.8
16.2
74.9
140.9
(12.1)
128.8

$

$

33.0
56.0
66.4
155.4
(12.4)
143.0

$

$

 As indicated in Note 3, in connection with the adoption of ASC 606, effective January 1, 2018, inventories were reduced 

by $40.2.  In connection with the Cues transaction, we acquired $30.7 of inventories. 

Inventories include material, labor and factory overhead costs and are reduced, when necessary, to estimated net realizable 
values. Certain domestic inventories are valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. These inventories were approximately 
45% and 56% of total inventory at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-
out (“FIFO”) method.

76

(9) 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, for the year ended December 31, 2018, were as follows:

December 31,
2017

Goodwill
Resulting
from Business
Combinations (1)

Impairments

Foreign
Currency
Translation

December 31,
2018

HVAC reportable segment
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
Detection and Measurement reportable
segment
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
Engineered Solutions reportable segment
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
All Other
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
Total
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill

$

$

$

263.7
(144.7)
119.0

— $
—
—

— $
—
—

(1.9) $
0.3
(1.6)

216.6
(136.0)
80.6

337.5
(191.2)
146.3

20.8
(20.8)
—

50.4
—
50.4

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

(2.0)
1.7
(0.3)

(2.2)
2.2
—

—
—
—

838.6
(492.7)
345.9

$

50.4
—
50.4

$

—
—
— $

(6.1)
4.2
(1.9) $

261.8
(144.4)
117.4

265.0
(134.3)
130.7

335.3
(189.0)
146.3

20.8
(20.8)
—

882.9
(488.5)
394.4

(1)   Reflects amounts acquired in connection with the Schonstedt and Cues acquisitions of $1.8 and $48.6, respectively.

77

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, for the year ended December 31, 2017, were as follows:

HVAC reportable segment
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
Detection and Measurement reportable segment
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
Engineered Solutions reportable segment
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
All Other
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill
Total
Gross goodwill
Accumulated impairments
Goodwill

Identifiable intangible assets were as follows:

December 31,
2016

Impairments

Foreign
Currency
Translation

December 31,
2017

$

$

$

258.5
(144.2)
114.3

— $
—
—

214.4
(134.2)
80.2

330.6
(184.7)
145.9

20.8
(20.8)
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

$

5.2
(0.5)
4.7

2.2
(1.8)
0.4

6.9
(6.5)
0.4

—
—
—

824.3
(483.9)
340.4

$

—
—
— $

14.3
(8.8)
5.5

$

263.7
(144.7)
119.0

216.6
(136.0)
80.6

337.5
(191.2)
146.3

20.8
(20.8)
—

838.6
(492.7)
345.9

Intangible assets with determinable 
lives:(1)

Customer relationships
Technology
Patents
Other

Trademarks with indefinite lives (2) 

Total 

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Gross
Carrying
Value

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Value

Gross
Carrying
Value

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Value

$

$

44.8
17.1
4.5
11.3
77.7
137.7
215.4

$

$

(3.5) $
(1.1)
(4.5)
(7.9)
(17.0)
—
(17.0) $

41.3
16.0
—
3.4
60.7
137.7
198.4

$

$

1.4
2.1
4.5
11.7
19.7
112.2
131.9

$

$

(1.4) $
(0.5)
(4.5)
(7.9)
(14.3)
—
(14.3) $

—
1.6
—
3.8
5.4
112.2
117.6

(1)  The  identifiable  intangible  assets  associated  with  the  Schonstedt  acquisition  consist  of  customer  relationships  and 
technology of $0.8 and $8.3, respectively. The identifiable intangible assets associated with the Cues acquisition consist 
of customer backlog, customer relationships, and technology of $0.8, $42.6, and $8.5, respectively. Additionally, the 
technology associated with our Heat Transfer business of $1.5 was sold during the second quarter of 2018 in connection 
with the planned wind-down of the business.

(2)  Changes  during  2018 related  primarily  to  the  acquisition  of  the  Schonstedt  and  Cues  trademarks  of $1.8 and $27.6, 
respectively, and the sale of the trademarks associated with our Heat Transfer business of $3.3 in connection with the 
planned wind-down of the business.

Amortization expense was $4.2, $0.6 and $2.8 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Estimated 

amortization expense over each of the next five years is $5.2 related to these intangible assets.

At December 31, 2018, the net carrying value of intangible assets with determinable lives consisted of $3.4 in the HVAC 
reportable segment and $57.3 in the Detection and Measurement reportable segment. Trademarks with indefinite lives consisted 

78

 
of $89.3 in the HVAC reportable segment, $39.3 in the Detection and Measurement reportable segment, and  $9.1 in the Engineered 
Solutions reportable segment.

Consistent with the requirements of the Intangible — Goodwill and Other Topic of the Codification, the fair values of our 
reporting units generally are estimated using discounted cash flow projections that we believe to be reasonable under current and 
forecasted circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of the reported net assets 
of our reporting units. Other considerations are also incorporated, including comparable industry price multiples. Many of our 
reporting units closely follow changes in the industries and end markets that they serve. Accordingly, we consider estimates and 
judgments that affect the future cash flow projections, including principal methods of competition such as volume, price, service, 
product performance and technical innovations and estimates associated with cost improvement initiatives, capacity utilization 
and assumptions for inflation and foreign currency changes. Any significant change in market conditions and estimates or judgments 
used to determine expected future cash flows that indicate a reduction in carrying value may give rise to impairment in the period 
that the change becomes known.

We perform our annual goodwill impairment testing during the fourth quarter in conjunction with our annual financial 
planning process, with such testing based primarily on events and circumstances existing as of the end of the third quarter. In 
addition, we test goodwill for impairment on a more frequent basis if there are indications of potential impairment. Based on our 
annual goodwill impairment testing in the fourth quarter of 2018, we concluded that the estimated fair value of each of our reporting 
units, exclusive of Cues, exceeds the carrying value of their respective net assets by over 90%. The estimated fair value of Cues 
approximates the carrying value of its net assets.

We perform our annual trademarks impairment testing during the fourth quarter, or on a more frequent basis if there are 
indications  of  potential  impairment. The  fair  values  of  our  trademarks  are  determined  by  applying  estimated  royalty  rates  to 
projected revenues, with the resulting cash flows discounted at a rate of return that reflects current market conditions. The basis 
for these projected revenues is the annual operating plan for each of the related businesses, which is prepared in the fourth quarter 
of each year. 

  During  2016,  we  recorded  impairment  charges  of  $30.1  associated  with  Heat Transfer’s  trademarks  and  definite-lived 
intangible assets.  During the second quarter of 2018, we sold certain intangible assets of Heat Transfer for net cash proceeds of 
$4.8, which approximated the carrying value of the intangible assets that were sold.  After such sale, the carrying value of Heat 
Transfer’s intangible assets was $0.0.

(10) 

Employee Benefit Plans

Overview — Defined benefit pension plans cover a portion of our salaried and hourly paid employees, including certain 
employees in foreign countries. Beginning in 2001, we discontinued providing these pension benefits generally to newly hired 
employees.  Effective January 31, 2018, we no longer provide service credits to active participants.  

We have domestic postretirement plans that provide health and life insurance benefits to certain retirees and their dependents. 

Beginning in 2003, we discontinued providing these postretirement benefits generally to newly hired employees. 

The plan year-end date for all our plans is December 31.

Actuarial Gains and Losses - As indicated in Note 2, actuarial gains and losses related to our pension and postretirement 
plans are recorded to earnings during the fourth quarter of each year, unless earlier remeasurement is required.  Below is a summary 
of transactions during 2016, 2017 and 2018 that required remeasurement of our pension and postretirement plans.

In connection with the Spin-Off, participants in the SPX U.S. Pension Plan (the “U.S. Plan”) that were transferred to SPX 
FLOW became eligible to elect a lump-sum payment option in lieu of a future pension benefit under the U.S. Plan. During the 
second quarter of 2016, approximately 9%, or $25.2, of the projected benefit obligation of the U.S. Plan was settled as a result of 
lump-sum payments. In connection with these lump-sum payments, we remeasured the assets and liabilities of the U.S. Plan during 
the second quarter of 2016, which resulted in a charge to net periodic pension benefit expense of $1.0 during 2016.

During the second quarter of 2016, we made lump-sum payments to certain participants of the Supplemental Individual 
Account  Retirement  Plan  (“SIARP”),  settling  approximately  22%,  or  $2.7,  of  the  SIARP’s  projected  benefit  obligation.  In 
connection with these lump-sum payments, we remeasured the liabilities of the SIARP, which resulted in a charge to net periodic 
pension benefit expense of $0.8 during 2016.

In July 2014, we discontinued our sponsorship of post-65 age healthcare plans, effective January 1, 2015, which resulted in 
eligible retirees being transitioned to coverage in the individual healthcare insurance market that we subsidize through health 
reimbursement accounts. In November 2014, a lawsuit was filed challenging certain aspects of this action. In September 2017, 
we received a favorable ruling related to the lawsuit. During the third quarter of 2017, in connection with the favorable ruling, we 

79

reduced our unfunded liability related to postretirement benefits by $26.8. The offset for the reduction of the unfunded liability 
was recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income and represents unrecognized prior service credits. These unrecognized 
prior service credits are being recorded to net periodic postretirement benefit (income) expense over a period of approximately 
eight years, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2017. In addition, we remeasured our unfunded liability related to postretirement 
benefits, which resulted in a gain within net periodic postretirement benefit expense and a reduction of the unfunded liability 
of $2.6 during the third quarter of 2017.

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

Plan assets — Our investment strategy is based on the long-term growth and protection of principle while mitigating overall 
risk to ensure that funds are available to pay benefit obligations. The domestic plan assets are invested in a broad range of investment 
classes, including fixed income securities and domestic and international equities. We engage various investment managers who 
are regularly evaluated on long-term performance, adherence to investment guidelines and the ability to manage risk commensurate 
with the investment style and objective for which they were hired. We continuously monitor the value of assets by class and 
routinely rebalance our portfolio with the goal of meeting our target allocations.

The strategy for bonds emphasizes investment-grade corporate and government debt with maturities matching a portion of 
the longer duration pension liabilities. The bonds strategy also includes a high yield element, which is generally shorter in duration. 
The strategy for equity assets is to minimize concentrations of risk by investing primarily in companies in a diversified mix of 
industries worldwide, while targeting neutrality in exposure to global versus regional markets, fund types and fund managers. A 
small portion of U.S. plan assets (Level 3 assets) is allocated to private equity partnerships and real estate asset fund investments 
for diversification, providing opportunities for above market returns.

Allowable investments under the plan agreements include fixed income securities, equity securities, mutual funds, venture 
capital funds, real estate and cash and equivalents. In addition, investments in futures and option contracts, commodities and other 
derivatives are allowed in commingled fund allocations managed by professional investment managers. Investments prohibited 
under the plan agreements include private placements and short selling of stock. No shares of our common stock were held by 
our defined benefit pension plans as of December 31, 2018 or 2017.

Actual asset allocation percentages of each class of our domestic and foreign pension plan assets as of December 31, 2018
and 2017, along with the targeted asset investment allocation percentages, each of which is based on the midpoint of an allocation 
range, were as follows:

Domestic Pension Plans

Fixed income common trust funds

Commingled global fund allocation

Non-U.S. Government securities

Global equity common trust funds

U.S. Government securities
Short-term investments (1)

Total

Actual
Allocations

Mid-point of 
Target
Allocation 
Range

2018

2017

2018

70%

11%

1%

6%

10%

2%

70%

12%

1%

7%

9%

1%

65%

18%

—%

5%

10%

2%

100%

100%

100%

___________________________________________________________________

(1)  Short-term investments are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts. 

80

Foreign Pension Plans

Global equity common trust funds

Fixed income common trust funds

Commingled global fund allocation

Non-U.S. Government securities
Short-term investments (1)

Total

Actual
Allocations

Mid-point of 
Target
Allocation 
Range

2018

2017

2018

17%

39%

36%

7%

1%

17%

46%

34%

—%

3%

13%

39%

37%

7%

4%

100%

100%

100%

___________________________________________________________________

(1)  Short-term investments are generally invested in actively managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts. 

The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2018, by asset class, were as follows:

Quoted Prices 
in Active
Markets for 
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Total

Significant
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

— $
—
—
—

—

—

7.8
—
7.8

$

228.5
—
11.5
24.0

41.1

83.3

—
—
388.4

$

$

—
—
—
—

—

—

—
1.0
1.0

Asset class:

Debt securities:

Fixed income common trust funds (1) (2)
Corporate bonds
Non-U.S. Government securities
U.S. Government securities

Equity securities:

Global equity common trust funds (1) (3)

Alternative investments:

Commingled global fund allocations (1) (4)

Other:

Short-term investments (5)
Other

Total

$

$

$

228.5
—
11.5
24.0

41.1

83.3

7.8
1.0
397.2

$

81

The fair values of pension plan assets at December 31, 2017, by asset class, were as follows:

Quoted Prices 
in Active
Markets for 
Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant
Observable 
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Total

Asset class:

Debt securities:

Fixed income common trust funds (1) (2)
Corporate bonds
Non-U.S. Government securities
U.S. Government securities

Equity securities:

Global equity common trust funds (1) (3)

Alternative Investments:

Commingled global fund allocations (1) (4)

Other:

Short-term investments (5)
Other

Total

$

$

$

270.2
1.6
—
25.2

50.6
—
95.1

9.4
1.0
453.1

$

— $
—
—
—

—
—
—

9.4
—
9.4

$

270.2
1.6
—
25.2

50.6
—
95.1

—
—
442.7

$

$

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
1.0
1.0

___________________________________________________________________

(1)  Common/commingled trust funds are similar to mutual funds, with a daily net asset value per share measured by the fund 
sponsor and used as the basis for current transactions. These investments, however, are not registered with the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission and participation is not open to the public. The funds are valued at the net asset 
value per share multiplied by the number of shares held as of the measurement date. 

(2)  This  class  represents  investments  in  actively  managed  common  trust  funds  that  invest  in  a  variety  of  fixed  income 
investments, which may include corporate bonds, both U.S. and non-U.S. municipal securities, interest rate swaps, options 
and futures. 

(3)  This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds that invest primarily in equity securities, which 

may include common stocks, options and futures. 

(4)  This class represents investments in actively managed common trust funds with investments in both equity and debt 
securities. The investments may include common stock, corporate bonds, U.S. and non-U.S. municipal securities, interest 
rate swaps, options and futures. 

(5)  Short-term investments are valued at $1.00/unit, which approximates fair value. Amounts are generally invested in actively 

managed common trust funds or interest-bearing accounts.

Up until April 30, 2018, our domestic pension plans participated in a securities lending program through J.P. Morgan Chase 
Bank, National Association. Securities loaned were required to be fully collateralized by cash or other securities. The gross collateral 
and the related liability to return collateral amounted to $0.5 at December 31, 2017, and have been included within Level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy in the table above.

There were no changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Employer Contributions — We currently fund U.S. pension plans in amounts equal to the minimum funding requirements 
of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus additional amounts that may be approved from time to time. During 
2018, we made no contributions to our qualified domestic pension plans, and direct benefit payments of $6.2 to our non-qualified 
domestic pension plans. In 2019, we do not expect to make any minimum required funding contributions to our qualified domestic 
pension plans and expect to make direct benefit payments of $5.8 to our non-qualified domestic pension plans.

In 2018, we made contributions of $1.1 to our foreign pension plans. In 2019, we expect to make contributions of $1.0 to 

our foreign pension plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments — Following is a summary, as of December 31, 2018, of the estimated future benefit 
payments for our pension plans in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for five fiscal years thereafter. Benefit 

82

payments are paid from plan assets or directly by us for our non-funded plans. The expected benefit payments are estimated based 
on the same assumptions used at December 31, 2018 to measure our obligations and include benefits attributable to estimated 
future employee service.

Estimated future benefit payments:
(Domestic and foreign pension plans)

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Subsequent five years

Domestic
Pension
Benefits

Foreign
Pension
Benefits

$

$

24.1

23.6

23.3

24.8

24.5

108.6

5.1

5.0

5.1

6.0

6.0

35.0

Obligations and Funded Status — The funded status of our pension plans is dependent upon many factors, including returns 
on invested assets and the level of market interest rates. Our non-funded pension plans account for $64.2 of the current underfunded 
status, as these plans are not required to be funded. The following tables show the domestic and foreign pension plans’ funded 
status and amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets:

Change in projected benefit obligation:

Projected benefit obligation — beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gains) losses
Settlements
Curtailment losses
Plan amendment
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange and other
Projected benefit obligation — end of year

Domestic Pension
Plans

Foreign Pension
Plans

2018

2017

2018

2017

$

$

357.1
—
12.3
(25.4)
(11.1)
—
—
(12.0)
—
320.9

$

$

348.1
0.3
13.4
16.5
—
0.9
—
(22.1)
—
357.1

$

$

175.2
—
4.7
(6.8)
—
—
1.2
(5.0)
(11.1)
158.2

$

$

157.6
—
4.9
6.7
—
—
—
(8.1)
14.1
175.2

83

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets — beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Contributions (employer and employee)
Settlements
Benefits paid
Foreign exchange and other
Fair value of plan assets — end of year

Funded status at year-end

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

Other assets
Accrued expenses
Other long-term liabilities

Net amount recognized
Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
(pre-tax) consists of — net prior service (credits) costs

Domestic Pension
Plans

Foreign Pension
Plans

2018

2017

2018

2017

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

269.7
(14.8)
6.2
(11.1)
(12.0)
—
238.0

(82.9)

— $

(5.6)
(77.3)
(82.9) $

$

$

261.9
23.6
6.3
—
(22.1)
—
269.7

(87.4)

— $

(5.9)
(81.5)
(87.4) $

(0.4) $

(0.6) $

183.4
(8.7)
1.1
—
(5.0)
(11.6)
159.2

1.0

3.3
—
(2.3)
1.0

1.2

$

$

$

$

$

163.3
10.6
3.4
—
(8.7)
14.8
183.4

8.2

8.4
—
(0.2)
8.2

—

The following is information about our pension plans that had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value 

of their plan assets at December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation
Fair value of plan assets

Domestic Pension
Plans

Foreign Pension
Plans

2018

2017

2018

2017

$

$

320.9
320.9
238.0

$

357.1
357.1
269.7

$

43.6
43.6
41.3

0.2
0.2
—

The accumulated benefit obligation for all domestic and foreign pension plans was $320.9 and $158.2, respectively, at 

December 31, 2018 and $357.1 and $175.2, respectively, at December 31, 2017.

Components of Net Periodic Pension Benefit Expense (Income) — Net periodic pension benefit expense (income) for our 

domestic and foreign pension plans included the following components:

Domestic Pension Plans

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits
Recognized net actuarial (gains) losses (1)
Total net periodic pension benefit expense
___________________________________________________________________

Year ended December 31,
2017

2016

2018

$

$

— $

12.3
(10.3)
(0.2)
(0.2)
1.6

$

0.3
13.4
(10.1)
(0.1)
3.9
7.4

$

$

0.4
13.9
(12.9)
(0.2)
3.2
4.4

(1)  Consists primarily of our reported actuarial (gains) losses, the difference between actual and expected returns on plan 
assets, settlement gains (losses), and curtailment gains. The actuarial losses for 2016 included $1.8 related to the lump-
sum payment actions that took place during the second quarter of the year. 

84

 
Foreign Pension Plans

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial losses (1)
Total net periodic pension benefit expense
Less: Net periodic pension expense of discontinued operations
Net periodic pension benefit expense of continuing operations

___________________________________________________________________

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

— $
4.7
(7.5)
9.1
6.3
—
6.3

$

— $
4.9
(6.4)
3.1
1.6
—
1.6

$

—
5.6
(6.6)
8.2
7.2
(0.2)
7.0

(1)  Consists of our reported actuarial losses and the difference between actual and expected returns on plan assets.

Assumptions — Actuarial assumptions used in accounting for our domestic and foreign pension plans were as follows:

Domestic Pension Plans
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining net periodic
pension expense:
Discount rate
Rate of increase in compensation levels
Expected long-term rate of return on assets

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining year-end
benefit obligations:

Discount rate
Rate of increase in compensation levels

Foreign Pension Plans
Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining net periodic
pension expense:
Discount rate
Rate of increase in compensation levels
Expected long-term rate of return on assets

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining year-end
benefit obligations:

Discount rate
Rate of increase in compensation levels

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

3.57%
N/A
4.00%

4.29%
N/A

2.76%
N/A
4.50%

3.02%
N/A

3.98%
3.75%
4.00%

3.57%
3.75%

2.97%
N/A
4.09%

2.76%
N/A

4.06%
3.75%
5.00%

3.98%
3.75%

3.82%
N/A
4.57%

2.97%
N/A

We review the pension assumptions annually. Pension income or expense for the year is determined using assumptions as 
of the beginning of the year (except for the effects of recognizing changes in the fair value of plan assets and actuarial gains and 
losses in the fourth quarter of each year), while the funded status is determined using assumptions as of the end of the year. We 
determined assumptions and established them at the respective balance sheet date using the following principles: (i) the expected 
long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based on forward looking long-term expectations of asset returns over the 
expected period to fund participant benefits based on the target investment mix of our plans; (ii) the discount rate is determined 
by matching the expected projected benefit obligation cash flows for each of the plans to a yield curve that is representative of 
long-term, high-quality (rated AA or higher) fixed income debt instruments as of the measurement date; and (iii) the rate of increase 
in compensation levels is established based on our expectations of current and foreseeable future increases in compensation. In 
addition, we consider advice from independent actuaries.

Postretirement Benefit Plans

Employer Contributions and Future Benefit Payments — Our postretirement medical plans are unfunded and have no plan 
assets, but are instead funded by us on a pay-as-you-go basis in the form of direct benefit payments or policy premium payments. 
In 2018, we made benefit payments of $8.3 to our postretirement benefit plans. Following is a summary, as of December 31, 2018, 
of the estimated future benefit payments for our postretirement plans in each of the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for 

85

five fiscal years thereafter. The expected benefit payments are estimated based on the same assumptions used at December 31, 
2018 to measure our obligations and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service.

2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Subsequent five years

Postretirement Payments

$

8.5
7.8
7.1
6.4
5.8
22.1

Obligations and Funded Status — The following tables show the postretirement plans’ funded status and amounts recognized 

in our consolidated balance sheets:

Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation — beginning of year
Interest cost
Actuarial gains
Benefits paid
Plan amendment
Other
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation — end of year

Funded status at year-end
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:

Accrued expenses
Other long-term liabilities
Net amount recognized

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax) consists of — net prior service
credits

Postretirement
Benefits

2018

2017

$

77.6
2.3
(2.3)
(8.3)
(0.1)
(0.4)
68.8
$
(68.8) $

(8.3) $
(60.5)
(68.8) $

115.3
3.5
(5.4)
(9.0)
(26.8)
—
77.6
(77.6)

(8.7)
(68.9)
(77.6)

(27.1) $

(31.0)

$

$
$

$

$

$

The net periodic postretirement benefit expense (income) included the following components:

Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits
Plan amendment
Recognized net actuarial (gains) losses
Net periodic postretirement benefit expense (income)

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

— $
2.3
(4.0)
—
(2.3)
(4.0) $

— $
3.5
(1.7)
(2.6)
(2.8)
(3.6) $

—
4.2
(0.8)
—
0.6
4.0

86

Actuarial assumptions used in accounting for our domestic postretirement plans were as follows:

Assumed health care cost trend rates:

Health care cost trend rate for next year

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

Discount rate used in determining net periodic postretirement benefit expense
Discount rate used in determining year-end postretirement benefit obligation

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

7.00%

5.00%
2027
3.34%
4.09%

7.25%

5.00%
2027
3.60%
3.34%

7.50%

5.00%
2027
3.88%
3.69%

The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined using the terms and conditions of our various plans, 
together with relevant actuarial assumptions and health care cost trend rates. It is our policy to review the postretirement assumptions 
annually. The assumptions are determined by us and are established based on our prior experience and our expectations that future 
health care cost trend rates will decline. In addition, we consider advice from independent actuaries.

Defined Contribution Retirement Plans

We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan (the “DC Plan”) pursuant to Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue 
Code. Under the DC Plan, eligible U.S. employees may voluntarily contribute up to 50% of their compensation into the DC Plan 
and we match a portion of participating employees’ contributions. Our matching contributions are primarily made in newly issued 
shares of company common stock and are issued at the prevailing market price. The matching contributions vest with the employee 
immediately upon the date of the match and there are no restrictions on the resale of common stock held by employees.

Under the DC Plan, we contributed 0.279, 0.334 and 0.605 shares of our common stock to employee accounts in 2018, 2017
and 2016, respectively. Compensation expense is recorded based on the market value of shares as the shares are contributed to 
employee accounts. We recorded $9.4 in 2018, $8.7 in 2017 and $8.8 in 2016 as compensation expense related to the matching 
contribution.

Certain collectively-bargained employees participate in the DC Plan with company contributions not being made in company 

common stock, although company common stock is offered as an investment option under these plans.

We  also  maintain  a  Supplemental  Retirement  Savings  Plan  (“SRSP”),  which  permits  certain  members  of  our  senior 
management and executive groups to defer eligible compensation in excess of the amounts allowed under the DC Plan. We match 
a portion of participating employees’ deferrals to the extent allowable under the SRSP provisions. The matching contributions 
vest with the participant immediately. Our funding of the participants’ deferrals and our matching contributions are held in certain 
mutual funds (as allowed under the SRSP), as directed by the participant. The fair values of these assets, which totaled $18.4 and 
$21.2 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1). In 
addition, the assets under the SRSP are available to the general creditors in the event of our bankruptcy and, thus, are maintained 
on our consolidated balance sheets within other non-current assets, with a corresponding amount in other long-term liabilities for 
our obligation to the participants. Lastly, these assets are accounted for as trading securities. During 2018, 2017 and 2016, we 
recorded compensation expense of $0.3, $0.2 and $0.7, respectively, relating to our matching contributions to the SRSP.

87

(11) 

Income Taxes

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and the (provision for) benefit from income taxes consisted of the 

following:

Income (loss) from continuing operations:

United States
Foreign

(Provision for) benefit from income taxes:

Current:

United States
Foreign
Total current

Deferred and other:
United States
Foreign

Total deferred and other
Total (provision) benefit

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

69.6
10.0
79.6

1.5
(3.2)
(1.7)

0.6
(0.3)
0.3
(1.4) $

68.8
(32.7)
36.1

30.4
(3.5)
26.9

23.5
(2.5)
21.0
47.9

$

$

$

$

14.0
25.4
39.4

(4.3)
(4.8)
(9.1)

0.2
(0.2)
—
(9.1)

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our effective income tax rate was as 

follows:

Tax at U.S. federal statutory rate
State and local taxes, net of U.S. federal benefit
U.S. credits and exemptions
Foreign earnings/losses taxed at different rates
Nondeductible expenses
Adjustments to uncertain tax positions
Changes in valuation allowance
Share-based compensation
Impairments and basis adjustments
Disposition of dry cooling business
U.S. tax reform
Other

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

21.0 %
2.9 %
(4.0)%
(1.2)%
2.6 %
(8.9)%
(8.5)%
(2.4)%
— %
— %
(0.9)%
1.2 %
1.8 %

35.0 %
4.4 %
(8.5)%
(14.9)%
2.8 %
(9.8)%
54.4 %
(1.7)%
(226.3)%
— %
32.6 %
(0.7)%
(132.7)%

35.0 %
5.0 %
(12.9)%
(5.9)%
2.2 %
(1.9)%
17.4 %
— %
— %
(15.6)%
— %
(0.2)%
23.1 %

88

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

NOL and credit carryforwards
Pension, other postretirement and postemployment benefits
Payroll and compensation
Legal, environmental and self-insurance accruals
Working capital accruals
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Intangible assets recorded in acquisitions
Basis difference in affiliates
Accelerated depreciation
Deferred income
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act

As of December 31,

2018

2017

147.6
37.1
17.1
22.7
12.4
9.0
245.9
(89.3)
156.6

71.7
12.2
25.2
18.9
5.0
133.0
23.6

$

$

146.0
41.2
18.2
25.3
11.5
17.6
259.8
(110.9)
148.9

53.9
3.7
28.8
4.9
8.0
99.3
49.6

$

$

As indicated in Note 1, on December 22, 2017, the Act was enacted which significantly changes U.S. income tax law 
for businesses.  The Act introduced changes that impact U.S. corporate tax rates (e.g., a reduction in the top tax rate from 35% to 
21%), business-related exclusions, and deductions and credits. In addition, the Act has tax consequences for many entities that 
operate internationally, including the timing and the amount of tax to be paid on undistributed foreign earnings.

As a result of the reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate and other legislative changes in the Act, we revalued 
our net U.S. federal deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017, resulting in a provisional charge of $11.8 in the fourth quarter 
of 2017. During 2018, we completed our accounting of the impact of the Act and reduced the initial charge by $0.7 to revalue 
certain deferred tax assets.   Further, we considered the transition tax required for the mandatory one-time “deemed repatriation” 
of foreign earnings and determined we have no liability in this regard due to deficits in certain of our foreign subsidiaries.  We 
considered the accounting alternatives available related to the Act and determined we would account for Global Intangible Low-
Taxed Income when incurred as a component of our “Income tax (provision) benefit.”

General Matters

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We periodically assess deferred tax assets 
to determine if they are likely to be realized and the adequacy of deferred tax liabilities, incorporating the results of local, state, 
federal and foreign tax audits in our estimates and judgments.

At  December 31,  2018,  we  had  the  following  tax  loss  carryforwards  available:  federal,  state,  and  foreign  tax  loss 
carryforwards of approximately $9.5, $588.2, and $270.5, respectively. We also had federal and state tax credit carryforwards of 
$42.6.  Of  these  amounts,  $9.4  expire  in  2019  and  $634.6  expire  at  various  times  between  2019  and  2036.  The  remaining 
carryforwards have no expiration date.

         Realization of deferred tax assets, including those associated with net operating loss and credit carryforwards, is dependent 
upon generating sufficient taxable income in the appropriate tax jurisdiction. We believe that it is more likely than not that we 
may not realize the benefit of certain of these deferred tax assets and, accordingly, have established a valuation allowance against 
these deferred tax assets. Although realization is not assured for the remaining deferred tax assets, we believe it is more likely 
than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized through future taxable earnings or tax planning strategies. However, deferred 
tax assets could be reduced in the near term if our estimates of taxable income are significantly reduced or tax planning strategies 

89

are no longer viable. The valuation allowance decreased by $21.6 in 2018 and increased by $35.1 in 2017.  The 2018 decrease 
was driven by foreign exchange rate changes and attributes that were utilized during the year.

         The amount of income tax that we pay annually is dependent on various factors, including the timing of certain deductions. 
These deductions can vary from year to year, and, consequently, the amount of income taxes paid in future years will vary from 
the amounts paid in prior years.

Undistributed Foreign Earnings

In general, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries in those operations. As of 
December 31, 2018, we have approximately $129.3 of undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries.  The majority of these 
earnings have already been reinvested in our overseas businesses.  Further, we believe future domestic cash generation will be 
sufficient to meet future domestic cash needs.  For this reason, we have not recorded a provision for U.S. or foreign withholding 
taxes on the excess of the amount for financial reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign subsidiaries that are essentially 
permanent in duration. Generally, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under 
certain other circumstances.  It is not practicable to estimate the amount of a deferred tax liability related to the undistributed 
earnings of our foreign subsidiaries in the event that these earnings are no longer considered to be indefinitely reinvested, due to 
the hypothetical nature of the calculation.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

As of December 31, 2018, we had gross and net unrecognized tax benefits of $20.3 and $13.8, respectively. Of these net 
unrecognized  tax  benefits,  $10.1  would  impact  our  effective  tax  rate  from  continuing  operations  if  recognized.  Similarly,  at 
December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $31.3 (net unrecognized tax benefits of $20.6) and $37.9
(net unrecognized tax benefits of $25.2), respectively.

We classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of our income tax (provision) benefit. 
As  of  December 31,  2018,  gross  accrued  interest  totaled  $3.8  (net  accrued  interest  of  $2.9),  while  the  related  amounts  as  of 
December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $3.9 (net accrued interest of $2.5) and $3.7 (net accrued interest of $2.4), respectively. Our 
income tax (provision) benefit for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 included gross interest income (expense) 
of $0.1, $(0.2) and $1.8, respectively, resulting from adjustments to our liability for uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 
2018, 2017 and 2016, we had no accrual for penalties included in our unrecognized tax benefits.

Based on the outcome of certain examinations or as a result of the expiration of statutes of limitations for certain jurisdictions, 
we believe that within the next 12 months it is reasonably possible that our previously unrecognized tax benefits could decrease 
by up to $4.0. The previously unrecognized tax benefits relate to a variety of tax matters including transfer pricing and various 
state matters.

       The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
were as follows:

Unrecognized tax benefit — opening balance

Gross increases — tax positions in prior period

Gross decreases — tax positions in prior period

Gross increases — tax positions in current period

Settlements

Lapse of statute of limitations

Change due to foreign currency exchange rates

Unrecognized tax benefit — ending balance

Other Tax Matters

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

$

31.3

$

37.9

$

0.6
(2.4)
0.7

—
(9.8)
(0.1)
20.3

$

1.6
(0.3)
0.3
(1.3)
(7.1)
0.2

$

31.3

$

48.8

3.6
(9.3)
0.7

—
(5.9)
—

37.9

            During 2018, our income tax provision was impacted most significantly by (i) the utilization of $33.0 of prior years’ 
losses generated in foreign jurisdictions in which no tax benefit was previously recognized, (ii) $7.0 of tax benefits related to 
various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, and (iii) $2.2 of excess 
tax benefits resulting from stock-based compensation awards that vested during the year.

90

During 2017, our income tax benefit was impacted most significantly by (i) a tax benefit of $77.6 related to a worthless 
stock deduction in the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary and (ii) $4.9 of tax benefits related to 
various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain tax positions, partially offset by (iii) 
$11.8 of net tax charges associated with the impact of the new U.S. tax regulations described more fully above and (iv) $68.2 of 
foreign losses generated during the period for which no foreign tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such foreign 
tax benefit is considered unlikely

During 2016,  our income tax provision was impacted most significantly by (i) the $0.3 of income taxes provided in connection 
with the $18.4 gain that was recorded on the sale of the dry cooling business, (ii) $13.7 of foreign losses generated during the 
period for which no tax benefit was recognized as future realization of any such foreign tax benefit is considered unlikely, and 
(iii) $2.4 of tax benefits related to various audit settlements, statute expirations, and other adjustments to liabilities for uncertain 
tax positions.

         We perform reviews of our income tax positions on a continuous basis and accrue for potential uncertain positions when we 
determine that a tax position meets the criteria of the Income Taxes Topic of the Codification. Accruals for these uncertain tax 
positions are recorded in “Income taxes payable” and “Deferred and other income taxes” in the accompanying consolidated balance 
sheets based on the expectation as to the timing of when the matters will be resolved. As events change and resolutions occur, 
these accruals are adjusted, such as in the case of audit settlements with taxing authorities.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) currently is performing an audit of our 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 federal income 

tax returns.  With regard to all open tax years, we believe any contingencies are adequately provided for.

State income tax returns generally are subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing the respective 
tax returns. The impact on such tax returns of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period 
of up to one year after formal notification to the states. We have various state income tax returns in the process of examination. 
We believe any uncertain tax positions related to these examinations have been adequately provided for. 

We have various foreign income tax returns under examination. The most significant of these are in Germany for the 2010 
through 2014 tax years. We believe that any uncertain tax positions related to these examinations have been adequately provided 
for.  

An unfavorable resolution of one or more of the above matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations 
or cash flows in the quarter and year in which an adjustment is recorded or the tax is due or paid. As audits and examinations are 
still in process, the timing of the ultimate resolution and any payments that may be required for the above matters cannot be 
determined at this time.

(12) 

Indebtedness

The following summarizes our debt activity (both current and non-current) for the year ended December 31, 2018:

Revolving loans
Term loan (1)
Trade receivables financing arrangement (2)
Other indebtedness (3)

Total debt
Less: short-term debt
Less: current maturities of long-term debt

Total long-term debt

$

$

347.7
—
9.1
356.8
7.0
0.5
349.3

December 31,
2017

— $

Borrowings
199.4
—
123.0
14.2
336.6

$

$

Repayments
$

(193.0) $
—
(100.0)
(19.0)
(312.0) $

Other (4)

December 31,
2018

— $
0.4
—
—
0.4

$

6.4
348.1
23.0
4.3
381.8
31.9
18.0
331.9

_____________________________________________________________

(1)  The term loan is repayable in quarterly installments of 1.25% of the initial loan amount of $350.0, beginning in the first 
quarter of 2019, with the remaining balance payable in full on December 19, 2022. Balances are net of unamortized debt 
issuance costs of $1.9 and $2.3 at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. 

(2)  Under this arrangement, we can borrow, on a continuous basis, up to $50.0, as available. At December 31, 2018, we had 
$27.0 of available borrowing capacity under this facility after giving effect to outstanding borrowings of  $23.0. Borrowings 
under this arrangement are collateralized by eligible trade receivables of certain of our businesses.  

(3)  Primarily includes balances under a purchase card program of $2.5 and $2.8, capital lease obligations of $1.8 and $2.1, 
and borrowings under a line of credit in China of $0.0 and $4.1, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The 

91

 
purchase card program allows for payment beyond the normal payment terms for goods and services acquired under the 
program. As this arrangement extends the payment of these purchases beyond their normal payment terms through third-
party lending institutions, we have classified these amounts as short-term debt.

(4)  “Other” primarily includes debt assumed, foreign currency translation on any debt instruments denominated in currencies 
other than the U.S. dollar, debt issuance costs incurred in connection with the term loan, and the impact of amortization 
of debt issuance costs associated with the term loan. 

Maturities of long-term debt payable during each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2018 are $18.0, $18.0, $17.9, 

$297.8, and $0.1, respectively.

Senior Credit Facilities

On December 19, 2017, we amended our senior credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) to, among other things, extend 
the term of each facility under the Credit Agreement (with the aggregate of each facility comprising the “Senior Credit Facilities”) 
and provide committed senior secured financing with an aggregate amount of $900.0. On November 16, 2018, we elected to reduce 
our participation foreign credit instrument facility commitment and our bilateral foreign credit instrument facility commitment by 
$35.0 and $15.0, respectively, which resulted in a reduction of our committed senior secured financing from $900.0 to $850.0.  
The components of our senior secured financing (each with a final maturity of December 19, 2022) were as follows as of December 
31, 2018:

•  A term loan facility in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0;

•  A domestic revolving credit facility, available for loans and letters of credit, in an aggregate principal amount up to 

$200.0;

•  A global revolving credit facility, available for loans in Euros, GBP and other currencies, in an aggregate principal 

amount up to the equivalent of $150.0;

•  A participation foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an 

aggregate principal amount up to the equivalent of $110.0 (previously $145.0); and

•  A bilateral foreign credit instrument facility, available for performance letters of credit and guarantees, in an aggregate 

principal amount up to the equivalent of $40.0 (previously $55.0).

In connection with the reduction of our foreign credit instrument facility commitments as noted above, we recorded a charge 
of $0.4 to “Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement,” during the fourth quarter of 2018 associated with the 
write-off of the unamortized deferred financing fees related to this previously available issuance capacity of $50.0.

In connection with the December 2017 amendment of our Credit Agreement, we recorded a charge of $0.9 to “Loss on 

amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” related to the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs.  

During 2016, we reduced the issuance capacity of our foreign credit instrument facilities resulting in a charge of $1.3 to 
“Loss on amendment/refinancing of senior credit agreement” associated with the write-off of unamortized deferred financing 
costs. 

The above amendment of our Credit Agreement also:

•  Adjusts the maximum aggregate amount of additional commitments we may seek, without consent of existing lenders, 
to add an incremental term loan facility and/or increase the commitments in respect of the domestic revolving credit 
facility, the global revolving credit facility, the participation foreign credit instrument facility, and/or the bilateral 
foreign credit instrument facility, to (i) the greater of (A) $200.0 or (B) our Consolidated EBITDA for the preceding 
four fiscal quarters, plus (ii) an amount equal to all voluntary prepayments of the term loan facility and the voluntary 
prepayments accompanied by permanent commitment reductions of revolving credit facilities and foreign credit 
instrument  facilities,  plus  (iii)  an  unlimited  amount  so  long  as,  immediately  after  giving  effect  thereto,  our 
Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio for the prior four fiscal quarters does not exceed 2.75 to 1.00 (with the 
provisions described in clauses (ii) and (iii) being essentially unchanged from the previous agreement);

• 

Permits unlimited investments, capital stock repurchases and dividends, and prepayments of subordinated debt if 
our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to such payments, is less than 2.75 to 1.00 (2.50 to 
1.00 prior to the amendment);

92

 
• 

Increases the Consolidated Leverage Ratio that we are required to maintain as of the last day of any fiscal quarter 
to not more than 3.50 to 1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions) and 
included certain add-backs in the definition of consolidated EBITDA used in determining such ratio; and

•  Adjusts per annum fees charged and the interest rate margins applicable to Eurodollar and alternate base rate loans, 

in each case based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, to be as follows:    

Consolidated
Leverage
Ratio

Greater than or equal to
3.00 to 1.0

Between 2.25 to 1.0 and
3.00 to 1.0

Between 1.50 to 1.0 and
2.25 to 1.0

Domestic
Revolving
Commitment
Fee

Global
Revolving
Commitment
Fee

Letter of
Credit
Fee

Foreign
Credit
Commitment
Fee

Foreign
Credit
Instrument
Fee

LIBOR
Rate
Loans

ABR
Loans

0.350%  

0.350%  

2.000%  

0.350%  

1.250%  

2.000%  

1.000%

0.300%  

0.300%  

1.750%  

0.300%  

1.000%  

1.750%  

0.750%

0.275%  

0.275%  

1.500%  

0.275%  

0.875%  

1.500%  

0.500%

Less than 1.50 to 1.0

0.250%  

0.250%  

1.375%  

0.250%  

0.800%  

1.375%  

0.375%

We are the borrower under each of the above facilities, and certain of our foreign subsidiaries are (and we may designate 
other foreign subsidiaries to be) borrowers under the global revolving credit facility and the foreign credit instrument facilities.  
All borrowings and other extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, 
including absence of defaults and accuracy in material respects of representations and warranties.

The letters of credit under the domestic revolving credit facility are stand-by letters of credit requested by SPX on behalf of 
any of our subsidiaries or certain joint ventures. The foreign credit instrument facility is used to issue foreign credit instruments, 
including bank undertakings to support our foreign operations.

The interest rates applicable to loans under the Credit Agreement are, at our option, equal to either (i) an alternate base rate
(the highest of (a) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.5%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A., and (c) the one-month 
LIBOR rate plus 1.0%) or (ii) a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate for dollars (Eurodollars) plus, in each case, an applicable margin 
percentage as previously discussed, which varies based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement 
generally as the ratio of consolidated total debt (excluding the face amount of undrawn letters of credit, bank undertakings and 
analogous instruments and net of cash and cash equivalents not to exceed $150.0) at the date of determination to consolidated 
adjusted EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended most recently before such date). We may elect interest periods of one, two, 
three or six months (and, if consented to by all relevant lenders, twelve months) for Eurodollar borrowings.

The weighted-average interest rate of outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities was approximately 4.3%

at December 31, 2018.

The fees and bilateral foreign credit commitments are as specified above for foreign credit commitments unless otherwise 
agreed with the bilateral foreign issuing lender. We also pay fronting fees on the outstanding amounts of letters of credit and foreign 
credit instruments (in the participation facility) at the rates of 0.125% per annum and 0.25% per annum, respectively.

The Credit Agreement requires mandatory prepayments in amounts equal to the net proceeds from the sale or other disposition 
of, including from any casualty to, or governmental taking of, property in excess of specified values (other than in the ordinary 
course of business and subject to other exceptions) by SPX or our subsidiaries. Mandatory prepayments will be applied to repay, 
first, amounts outstanding under any term loans and, then, amounts (or cash collateralize letters of credit) outstanding under the 
global revolving credit facility and the domestic revolving credit facility (without reducing the commitments thereunder). No 
prepayment  is  required  generally  to  the  extent  the  net  proceeds  are  reinvested  (or  committed  to  be  reinvested)  in  permitted 
acquisitions, permitted investments or assets to be used in our business within 360 days (and if committed to be reinvested, actually 
reinvested within 180 days after the end of such 360-day period) of the receipt of such proceeds.

We may voluntarily prepay loans under the Credit Agreement, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Any voluntary 
prepayment of loans will be subject to reimbursement of the lenders’ breakage costs in the case of a prepayment of Eurodollar 
rate borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.  Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is guaranteed 
by:

•  Each existing and subsequently acquired or organized domestic material subsidiary with specified exceptions; and

• 

SPX with respect to the obligations of our foreign borrower subsidiaries under the global revolving credit facility, the 
participation foreign credit instrument facility and the bilateral foreign credit instrument facility.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is secured by a first priority pledge and security interest in 100% of the capital 
stock of our domestic subsidiaries (with certain exceptions) held by SPX or our domestic subsidiary guarantors and 65% of the 
capital stock of our material first-tier foreign subsidiaries (with certain exceptions).  If SPX obtains a corporate credit rating from 
Moody’s and S&P and such corporate credit rating is less than “Ba2” (or not rated) by Moody’s and less than “BB” (or not rated) 
by S&P, then SPX and our domestic subsidiary guarantors are required to grant security interests, mortgages and other liens on 
substantially all of their assets. If SPX’s corporate credit rating is “Baa3” or better by Moody’s or “BBB-” or better by S&P and 
no defaults then exist, all collateral security is to be released and the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement would be unsecured.

The Credit Agreement requires that SPX maintain:

•  A Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (defined in the Credit Agreement generally as the ratio of consolidated adjusted 
EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters ended on such date to consolidated cash interest expense for such period) as of the 
last day of any fiscal quarter of at least 3.50 to 1.00; and

•  As previously discussed, a Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of not more than 3.50 to 

1.00 (or 4.00 to 1.00 for the four fiscal quarters after certain permitted acquisitions).

The Credit Agreement also contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, 
grant liens, make investments, loans, guarantees, or advances, make restricted junior payments, including dividends, redemptions 
of capital stock, and voluntary prepayments or repurchase of certain other indebtedness, engage in mergers, acquisitions or sales 
of assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, or engage in certain transactions with affiliates, and otherwise restrict certain 
corporate activities. The Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative covenants and events of 
default.

As previously discussed, we are permitted under the Credit Agreement to repurchase our capital stock and pay cash dividends 
in an unlimited amount if our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) less than 2.75 to 
1.00. If our Consolidated Leverage Ratio is (after giving pro forma effect to such payments) greater than or equal to 2.75 to 1.00, 
the  aggregate  amount  of  such  repurchases  and  dividend  declarations  cannot  exceed  (A)  $50.0  in  any  fiscal  year  plus  (B)  an 
additional amount for all such repurchases and dividend declarations made after the Effective Date equal to the sum of (i) $100.0
plus (ii) a positive amount equal to 50% of cumulative Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Credit Agreement generally 
as consolidated net income subject to certain adjustments solely for the purposes of determining this basket) during the period 
from the Effective Date to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding the date of such repurchase or dividend declaration 
for which financial statements have been (or were required to be) delivered (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, 
minus 100% of such deficit) plus (iii) certain other amounts.

At December 31, 2018, we had $311.6 of available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities after giving effect 
to borrowings under the domestic revolving loan facility of $6.4 and $32.0 reserved for outstanding letters of credit. In addition, 
at December 31, 2018, we had $30.1 of available issuance capacity under our foreign credit instrument facilities after giving effect 
to $119.9 reserved for outstanding letters of credit.

At December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with all covenants of our Credit Agreement.

Other Borrowings and Financing Activities 

Certain of our businesses purchase goods and services under a purchase card program allowing for payment beyond their 
normal payment terms. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the participating businesses had $2.5 and $2.8, respectively, outstanding 
under this arrangement.

We  are  party  to  a  trade  receivables  financing  agreement,  whereby  we  can  borrow,  on  a  continuous  basis,  up  to  $50.0. 
Availability of funds may fluctuate over time given changes in eligible receivable balances, but will not exceed the $50.0 program 
limit. The facility contains representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities customary for facilities of this type. The facility 
does not contain any covenants that we view as materially constraining to the activities of our business.

In addition, we maintain line of credit facilities in China and South Africa available to fund operations in these regions, when 
necessary. At December 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of borrowing capacity under these facilities was $20.0, while the aggregate 
borrowings outstanding were $0.0.

94

(13) 

Derivative Financial Instruments and Concentrations of Credit Risk

Interest Rate Swaps 

During the second quarter of 2016, we entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate risk on our then 
existing variable rate term loan.  As a result of amending our Credit Agreement on December 19, 2017, these swaps (“Old Swaps”) 
no longer qualified for hedge accounting, resulting in a gain (recorded to “Other expense, net”) in 2017 of $2.7. On March 8, 
2018, we extinguished the Old Swaps and entered into a new interest rate swap agreement (the “New Swaps”) to hedge the interest 
rate risk on the variable interest rate borrowings under our senior credit agreement. The New Swaps, which we have designated 
and are accounting for as cash flow hedges, have an initial notional amount of $260.0 and maturities through December 2021 and 
effectively convert a portion of the borrowings under our senior credit agreement to a fixed rate of 2.535%, plus the applicable 
margin. As of December 31, 2018, the aggregate notional amounts of the New Swaps was $260.0 and the unrealized gain, net of 
tax, recorded in AOCI was $0.2 . In addition, as of December 31, 2018 we recorded a long-term asset of $0.2 to recognize the fair 
value of the New Swaps. Changes in fair value for the New Swaps are reclassified into earnings as a component of interest expense, 
when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings.

Currency Forward Contracts and Currency Forward Embedded Derivatives

We manufacture and sell our products in a number of countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency 
exchange rates. Our objective is to preserve the economic value of non-functional currency-denominated cash flows and to minimize 
the impact of changes as a result of currency fluctuations. Our principal currency exposures relate to the South African Rand, 
GBP, and Euro.

From  time  to  time,  we  enter  into  forward  contracts  to  manage  the  exposure  on  contracts  with  forecasted  transactions 
denominated in non-functional currencies and to manage the risk of transaction gains and losses associated with assets/liabilities 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries (“FX forward contracts”). In addition, some 
of our contracts contain currency forward embedded derivatives (“FX embedded derivatives”), because the currency of exchange 
is not “clearly and closely” related to the functional currency of either party to the transaction. Certain of our FX forward contracts 
are designated as cash flow hedges. To the extent these derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash 
flows, changes in the derivatives’ fair value are not included in current earnings, but are included in AOCI. These changes in fair 
value  are  reclassified  into  earnings  as  a  component  of  revenues  or  cost  of  products  sold,  as  applicable,  when  the  forecasted 
transaction impacts earnings. In addition, if the forecasted transaction is no longer probable, the cumulative change in the derivatives’ 
fair value is recorded as a component of “Other expense, net” in the period in which the transaction is no longer considered probable 
of occurring. To the extent a previously designated hedging transaction is no longer an effective hedge, any ineffectiveness measured 
in the hedging relationship is recorded in earnings in the period in which it occurs.

We had FX forward contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $14.4 and $9.0 outstanding as of December 31, 2018
and 2017, respectively, with all of the $14.4 scheduled to mature in 2019. We also had FX embedded derivatives with an aggregate 
notional amount of $0.4 and $1.1 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, with all of the $0.4 scheduled to mature in 2019. 
There were no unrealized gains or losses recorded in AOCI related to FX forward contracts as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. 
The net loss recorded in “Other expense, net” related to FX forward contracts and embedded derivatives totaled $0.1 in 2018, $0.4
in 2017 and $6.3 in 2016.

Commodity Contracts

From time to time, we enter into commodity contracts to manage the exposure on forecasted purchases of commodity raw 
materials. The outstanding notional amounts of commodity contracts were 3.9 and 3.6 pounds of copper at December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively. We designate and account for these contracts as cash flow hedges and, to the extent these commodity 
contracts are effective in offsetting the variability of the forecasted purchases, the change in fair value is included in AOCI. We 
reclassify AOCI associated with our commodity contracts to cost of products sold when the forecasted transaction impacts earnings. 
As  of  December 31,  2018  and  2017,  the  fair  values  of  these  contracts  were  $1.0  (current  liability)  and    $1.1  (current  asset), 
respectively. The unrealized gain (loss), net of taxes, recorded in AOCI were $(0.8) and $0.8 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. We anticipate reclassifying the unrealized loss as of December 31, 2018 to income over the next 12 months.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and equivalents, 
trade accounts receivable, and interest rate swap, foreign currency forward, and commodity contracts. These financial instruments, 
other than trade accounts receivable, are placed with high-quality financial institutions throughout the world. We periodically 
evaluate the credit standing of these financial institutions.

95

We maintain cash levels in bank accounts that, at times, may exceed federally-insured limits. We have not experienced, and 

believe we are not exposed to significant risk of loss in these accounts.

We have credit loss exposure in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to the above financial instruments, but have 
no other off-balance-sheet credit risk of accounting loss. We anticipate, however, that counterparties will be able to fully satisfy 
their obligations under the contracts. We do not obtain collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit 
risk, but we do monitor the credit standing of counterparties.

Concentrations of credit risk arising from trade accounts receivable are due to selling to customers in a particular industry. 
We mitigate our credit risks by performing ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial conditions and obtaining collateral, 
advance payments, or other security when appropriate. No one customer, or group of customers that to our knowledge are under 
common control, accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for any period presented.

(14) 

Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Matters

Leases

We lease certain manufacturing facilities, offices, sales and service locations, machinery and equipment, vehicles and office 
equipment under various leasing programs accounted for as operating and capital leases, some of which include scheduled rent 
increases stated in the lease agreement. We do not have any significant leases that require rental payments based on contingent 
events nor have we received any significant lease incentive payments.

Operating Leases

The future minimum rental payments under operating leases with remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are:

Year Ending December 31,

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

Thereafter

Total minimum payments

$

9.1

7.3

4.5

3.8

3.4

3.1

$

31.2

Total operating lease expense, inclusive of rent based on scheduled rent increases and rent holidays recognized on a straight-

line basis, was $13.3 in 2018, $12.9 in 2017 and $13.2 in 2016.

Spin-Off of SPX FLOW

In connection with the Spin-Off, we entered into definitive agreements with SPX FLOW that, among other matters, set 
forth the terms and conditions of the Spin-Off and provide a framework for our relationship with SPX FLOW after the Spin-Off, 
including the following:

• 

Separation and Distribution Agreement;

•  Tax Matters Agreement;

•  Employee Matters Agreement; and

•  Trademark License Agreement.

Pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Employee Matters Agreement and the Tax Matters Agreement, 
SPX FLOW has agreed to indemnify us for certain liabilities, and we have agreed to indemnify SPX FLOW for certain liabilities, 
in each case for uncapped amounts. As of December 31, 2018, no material indemnification claims have been initiated.

The  financial  activity  governed  by  these  agreements  between  SPX  FLOW  and  us  was  not  material  to  our  consolidated 

financial results for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.

96

 
We also entered into a five-year agreement with SPX FLOW to lease office space for our corporate headquarters. Annual 

lease costs associated with the agreement are $2.1.

General

Numerous claims, complaints and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business have been asserted or are pending 
against  us  or  certain  of  our  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “claims”). These  claims  relate  to  litigation  matters  (e.g., class  actions, 
derivative lawsuits and contracts, intellectual property and competitive claims), environmental matters, product liability matters 
(predominately  associated  with  alleged  exposure  to  asbestos-containing  materials),  and  other  risk  management  matters 
(e.g., general liability, automobile, and workers’ compensation claims). Additionally, we may become subject to other claims of 
which we are currently unaware, which may be significant, or the claims of which we are aware may result in our incurring 
significantly greater loss than we anticipate. While we (and our subsidiaries) maintain property, cargo, auto, product, general 
liability, environmental, and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and have acquired rights under similar policies in connection 
with acquisitions that we believe cover a significant portion of these claims, this insurance may be insufficient or unavailable 
(e.g., in the case of insurer insolvency) to protect us against potential loss exposures. Also, while we believe we are entitled to 
indemnification from third parties for some of these claims, these rights may be insufficient or unavailable to protect us against 
potential loss exposures. 

Our recorded liabilities related to these matters totaled $631.7 (including $587.5 for asbestos product liability matters) and 
$685.7 (including $641.2 for asbestos product liability matters) at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Of these amounts, 
$600.3 and $651.6 are included in “Other long-term liabilities” within our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2018 and 
2017, respectively, with the remainder included in “Accrued expenses.” The liabilities we record for these claims are based on a 
number of assumptions, including historical claims and payment experience and, with respect to asbestos claims, actuarial estimates 
of the future period during which additional claims are reasonably foreseeable. While we base our assumptions on facts currently 
known to us, they entail inherently subjective judgments and uncertainties. As a result, our current assumptions for estimating 
these liabilities may not prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these liabilities in the future, which could result in 
charges to earnings. These variances relative to current expectations could have a material impact on our financial position and 
results of operations.

Our asbestos-related claims are typical in certain of the industries in which we operate or pertain to legacy businesses we 
no longer operate. It is not unusual in these cases for fifty or more corporate entities to be named as defendants. We vigorously 
defend these claims, many of which are dismissed without payment, and the significant majority of costs related to these claims 
have historically been paid pursuant to our insurance arrangements. During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, 
our  payments  for  asbestos-related  matters,  net  of  insurance  recoveries  of  $45.3,  $57.3,  and  $46.7,  were  $9.7,  $1.0  and  $5.8, 
respectively. A significant increase in claims, costs and/or issues with existing insurance coverage (e.g., dispute with or insolvency 
of insurer(s)) could have a material adverse impact on our share of future payments related to these matters, and, as a result, have 
a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We have recorded insurance recovery assets associated with the asbestos product liability matters, with such amounts totaling 
$541.9 and $590.9 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and included in “Other assets” within our consolidated balance 
sheets. These assets represent amounts that we believe we are or will be entitled to recover under agreements we have with insurance 
companies. The assets we record for these insurance recoveries are based on a number of assumptions, including the continued 
solvency of the insurers, and are subject to a variety of uncertainties. Our current assumptions for estimating these assets may not 
prove accurate, and we may be required to adjust these assets in the future, which could result in additional charges to earnings. 
These variances relative to current expectations could have a material impact on our financial position and results of operations.

During the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, we recorded charges of $2.4, $5.7, and $4.9, respectively, as 
a result of changes in estimates associated with the liabilities and assets related to asbestos product liability matters. Of these 
charges, $2.0, $3.5 and $4.2 were recorded to “Other expense, net” for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, 
respectively, and $0.4, $2.2, and $0.7, respectively, to “Gain (loss) on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax.”

Large Power Projects in South Africa

Overview - Since 2008, DBT has been executing contracts on two large power projects in South Africa.  Over such time, the 
business environment surrounding these projects has been difficult, as DBT has experienced delays, cost over-runs, and various 
other challenges associated with a complex set of contractual relationships among the end customer, prime contractors, various 
subcontractors (including DBT and its subcontractors), and various suppliers. These challenges have resulted in (i) significant 
adjustments to our revenue and cost estimates for the projects and (ii) various claims and disputes between DBT and other parties 
involved with the projects (e.g., prime contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, etc.).  We believe that our probable liability associated 
with known claims has been adequately provided for in our consolidated financial statements. We may become subject to other 
claims, which could be significant. DBT has completed the majority of its contractual scope on the projects and is targeting to 

97

complete the remainder by the end of 2019.  It is possible that certain of the outstanding claims could be resolved in 2019, while 
others are not likely to be resolved until after DBT completes its remaining scope.  Our future financial position, operating results, 
and cash flows could be impacted by the resolution of current and any future claims, as well as potential changes to revenue and 
cost estimates relating to the execution of DBT’s remaining scope.

Claims Activity - On February 15, 2019, DBT received a claim of South African Rand 116.7 (or $8.0) from one of its prime 
contractors on the projects alleging that DBT failed to meet a specific contract milestone.  We believe that DBT has numerous 
defenses against this allegation and, thus, we do not believe that we have a probable liability associated with the claim.  As such, 
no amount has been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for this matter.   

DBT has made various claims against the prime contractors for the projects. We have recognized revenue associated with 
these claims, along with certain unapproved change orders, to the extent the related costs have been incurred and the amount 
expected of recovery is probable and reasonably estimable.  As of December 31, 2018, the recorded cumulative revenues related 
to these claims and unapproved change orders totaled $37.9.  We believe these amounts are recoverable under the provisions of 
the related contracts and reflect our best estimate of recoverable amounts.

On October 30, 2018, a non-governmental business adjudicator in South Africa provided a decision on certain claims made 
against DBT by one of its subcontractors. As part of its decision, the adjudicator concluded that the subcontractor was entitled to 
payment of South African Rand 256.0 (or $17.7). We believe that the decision is invalid on numerous bases. Therefore, DBT 
intends to pursue all available legal recourse in the matter and DBT has already referred the matter to both an arbitration process 
and court proceedings. Specifically, we believe, among other things, that (i) the adjudicator lacked jurisdiction to decide the claims 
and (ii) these and other claims were previously settled and satisfied by way of a 2015 amendment to the contract between DBT 
and the subcontractor. Based on the reasons stated above, we have concluded that it is not probable that a loss has been incurred 
with respect to this matter and, therefore, a liability has not been recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

It is possible that an adverse result for any of these disputes could have a material effect on our consolidated financial 

statements.

Change in Cost Estimates - During 2017, we experienced higher than expected costs associated with (i) DBT’s efforts to 
accelerate completion of certain scopes of work, (ii) financial and other challenges facing certain of DBT’s subcontractors, and 
(iii) delays and other on-site productivity challenges.  As a result, during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we revised our 
estimates of revenues and costs associated with the projects. These revisions resulted in aggregate charges to “Income (loss) from 
continuing operations before income taxes” of $52.8 during 2017 ($22.9 and $29.9 during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, 
respectively), which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $36.9 ($13.5 and $23.4 during the second and fourth quarters of 
2017, respectively) and an increase in cost of products sold of $15.9 ($9.4 and $6.5 during the second and fourth quarters of 2017, 
respectively).

Although we believe that our current estimates of revenues and costs relating to these projects are reasonable, it is possible 

that future revisions of such estimates could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Noncontrolling Interest in South African Subsidiary

DBT has a Black Economic Empowerment shareholder (the “BEE Partner”) that holds a 25.1% noncontrolling interest in 
DBT.  Under  the  terms  of  the  shareholder  agreement  between  the  BEE  Partner  and  SPX  Technologies  (PTY)  LTD  (“SPX 
Technologies”), the BEE Partner had the option to put its ownership interest in DBT to SPX Technologies, the majority shareholder 
of DBT, at a redemption amount determined in accordance with the terms of the shareholder agreement (the “Put Option”). The 
BEE Partner notified SPX Technologies of its intention to exercise the Put Option and, on July 6, 2016, an Arbitration Tribunal 
declared that the BEE Partner was entitled to South African Rand 287.3 in connection with the exercise of the Put Option, having 
not considered an amount due from the BEE Partner under a promissory note of South African Rand 30.3 held by SPX Technologies. 
As a result, we have reflected the net redemption amount of South African Rand 257.0 (or $17.7 and $20.9 at December 31, 2018 
and 2017, respectively) within “Accrued expenses” on our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, with 
the related offset recorded to “Paid-in capital” and “Accumulated other comprehensive income.” In addition, during 2016 we 
reclassified $38.7 from “Noncontrolling Interests” to “Paid-in capital.” Lastly, under the two-class method of calculating earnings 
per share, we have reflected an adjustment of $18.1 to “Net income (loss) attributable to SPX Corporation common shareholders” 
for the excess redemption amount of the Put Option (i.e., the increase in the redemption amount during the year ended December 31, 
2016 in excess of fair value) in our calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2016. 

98

In August 2016, SPX Technologies applied to the High Court of South Africa (the “Court”) to have the Arbitration Tribunal’s 
ruling set aside. On January 22, 2018, the Court ruled in SPX Technologies favor and set aside the Arbitration Tribunal’s ruling. 
This ruling by the Court is subject to appeal by the BEE Partner. The BEE Partner appealed the decision and SPX Technologies 
continues to assert all legal defenses available to it. We expect the appeals court to hear this matter in late 2019.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2016, in connection with our accounting for the redemption of the BEE partner’s ownership 
interest in DBT, we discontinued allocating earnings/losses of DBT to the BEE Partner within our consolidated financial statements.

Litigation Matters

We are subject to other legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. We believe these matters are either without 
merit or of a kind that should not have a material effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of 
operations or cash flows; however, we cannot assure you that these proceedings or claims will not have a material effect on our 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

Environmental Matters

Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulatory requirements relating to environmental 
protection. It is our policy to comply fully with all applicable requirements. As part of our effort to comply, we have a comprehensive 
environmental  compliance  program  that  includes  environmental  audits  conducted  by  internal  and  external  independent 
professionals, as well as regular communications with our operating units regarding environmental compliance requirements and 
anticipated regulations. Based on current information, we believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with applicable 
environmental laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations that could have a material effect, individually or in 
the aggregate, on our business, financial condition, and results of operations or cash flows. As of December 31, 2018, we had 
liabilities for site investigation and/or remediation at 28 sites (28 sites at December 31, 2017) that we own or control. In addition, 
while we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover the costs of site investigation and/or remediation, we cannot provide 
assurance that new matters, developments, laws and regulations, or stricter interpretations of existing laws and regulations will 
not materially affect our business or operations in the future.

Our environmental accruals cover anticipated costs, including investigation, remediation, and operation and maintenance of 
clean-up sites. Our estimates are based primarily on investigations and remediation plans established by independent consultants, 
regulatory agencies and potentially responsible third parties. Accordingly, our estimates may change based on future developments, 
including new or changes in existing environmental laws or policies, differences in costs required to complete anticipated actions 
from estimates provided, future findings of investigation or remediation actions, or alteration to the expected remediation plans. 
It is our policy to revise an estimate once it becomes probable and the amount of change can be reasonably estimated. We generally 
do not discount our environmental accruals and do not reduce them by anticipated insurance recoveries. We take into account 
third-party indemnification from financially viable parties in determining our accruals where there is no dispute regarding the 
right to indemnification.

In the case of contamination at offsite, third-party disposal sites, as of December 31, 2018, we have been notified that we 
are potentially responsible and have received other notices of potential liability pursuant to various environmental laws at 14 sites 
(15 sites at December 31, 2017) at which the liability has not been settled, of which 10 sites have been active in the past few years. 
These laws may impose liability on certain persons that are considered jointly and severally liable for the costs of investigation 
and remediation of hazardous substances present at these sites, regardless of fault or legality of the original disposal. These persons 
include the present or former owners or operators of the site and companies that generated, disposed of or arranged for the disposal 
of hazardous substances at the site. We are considered a “de minimis” potentially responsible party at most of the sites, and we 
estimate that our aggregate liability, if any, related to these sites is not material to our consolidated financial statements. We conduct 
extensive environmental due diligence with respect to potential acquisitions, including environmental site assessments and such 
further testing as we may deem warranted. If an environmental matter is identified, we estimate the cost and either establish a 
liability, purchase insurance or obtain an indemnity from a financially sound seller; however, in connection with our acquisitions 
or dispositions, we may assume or retain significant environmental liabilities, some of which we may be unaware. The potential 
costs related to these environmental matters and the possible impact on future operations are uncertain due in part to the complexity 
of government laws and regulations and their interpretations, the varying costs and effectiveness of various clean-up technologies, 
the uncertain level of insurance or other types of recovery, and the questionable level of our responsibility. We record a liability 
when it is both probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

In our opinion, after considering accruals established for such purposes, the cost of remedial actions for compliance with 
the present laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment is not expected to have a material impact, individually 
or in the aggregate, on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

99

Self-Insured Risk Management Matters

We are self-insured for certain of our workers’ compensation, automobile, product and general liability, disability and health 
costs, and we believe that we maintain adequate accruals to cover our retained liability. Our accruals for risk management matters 
are  determined  by  us,  are  based  on  claims  filed  and  estimates  of  claims  incurred  but  not  yet  reported,  and  generally  are  not 
discounted. We consider a number of factors, including third-party actuarial valuations, when making these determinations. We 
maintain third-party stop-loss insurance policies to cover certain liability costs in excess of predetermined retained amounts. This 
insurance may be insufficient or unavailable (e.g., because of insurer insolvency) to protect us against loss exposure.

Executive Agreements

The  Board  of  Directors  has  approved  an  employment  agreement  for  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer.   This 
agreement had an initial term through December 31, 2017 and, thereafter, rolling terms of one year, and specifies the executive’s 
current compensation, benefits and perquisites, severance entitlements, and other employment rights and responsibilities. The 
Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  has  approved  severance  benefit  agreements  for  our  other  six  executive 
officers. These agreements cover each executive’s entitlements in the event that the executive’s employment is terminated for 
other than cause, death or disability, or the executive resigns with good reason. The Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors  has  also  approved  change  of  control  agreements  for  each  of  our  executive  officers,  which  cover  each  executive’s 
entitlements following a change of control.

(15) 

Shareholders’ Equity and Long-Term Incentive Compensation

Income (Loss) Per Share

The following table sets forth the computations of the components used for the calculation of basic and diluted income (loss) 

per share:

Numerator:

Year ended December 31,

2018

2017

2016

Income from continuing operations

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

Adjustment related to redeemable noncontrolling interest (Note 14)

Income from continuing operations attributable to SPX Corporation common
shareholders for calculating basic and diluted income per share

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

Income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to SPX Corporation common
shareholders for calculating basic and diluted income per share

$

$

$

$

78.2

$

84.0

$

—

—

78.2

3.0

—

$

$

—

—

84.0

5.3

—

$

$

30.3

(0.4)

(18.1)

12.6

(97.9)

—

3.0

$

5.3

$

(97.9)

Denominator:

Weighted-average number of common shares used in basic income (loss) per share          

43.054

42.413

41.610

Dilutive securities — Employee stock options, restricted stock shares and restricted
stock units

Weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive securities used in diluted
income (loss) per share          

1.606

1.492

0.551

44.660

43.905

42.161

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, 0.234, 0.563, and 1.045  of unvested restricted stock shares/units, 
respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the assumed proceeds for these instruments 
exceeded the average market value of the underlying common stock for the related years. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 
2017, and 2016, 0.875, 0.997, and 1.343, respectively, of outstanding stock options were excluded from the computation of diluted 
earnings per share as the assumed proceeds for these instruments exceeded the average market value of the underlying common 
stock for the related years. 

100

Common Stock and Treasury Stock

At December 31, 2018, we had 200.0 authorized shares of common stock (par value $0.01). Common shares issued, treasury 

shares and shares outstanding are summarized in the table below.

December 31, 2015

Restricted stock shares and restricted stock units
Retirement of treasury stock
Other

December 31, 2016

Restricted stock units
Other

December 31, 2017

Restricted stock units
Other

December 31, 2018

Common Stock
Issued

Treasury
Stock

Shares
Outstanding

100.526
0.042
(50.000)
0.187
50.755
—
0.431
51.186
—
0.343
51.529

(59.110)
0.295
50.000
—
(8.815)
0.280
—
(8.535)
0.457
—
(8.078)

41.416
0.337
—
0.187
41.940
0.280
0.431
42.651
0.457
0.343
43.451

In 2016, we retired 50.0 shares or $2,948.1 of “Common stock in treasury.” Under the applicable state law, these shares 
represent authorized and unissued shares upon retirement. In accordance with our accounting policy, we allocate any excess of 
share repurchase over par value between “Paid-in capital” and “Retained deficit,” which resulted in respective adjustments of 
$1,285.4 and $1,662.2.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

Under the 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, as amended in 2006, 2011, 2012 and 2015, up to 1.683 shares of our common 
stock were available for grant at December 31, 2018. The 2002 Stock Compensation Plan permits the issuance of new shares or 
shares from treasury upon the exercise of options, vesting of time-based restricted stock units (“RSU’s”) and performance stock 
units (“PSU’s”), or the granting of restricted stock shares (“RS’s”). Each RSU and RS granted reduces availability by two shares. 
Each PSU granted in 2018 reduces availability by its maximum vesting attainment of 150%, or 3.0 shares.

PSU’s, RSU’s and RS’s may be granted to certain eligible employees or non-employee directors in accordance with applicable 
equity compensation plan documents and agreements. Subject to participants’ continued employment and other plan terms and 
conditions, the restrictions lapse and awards generally vest over a period of time, generally one or three years. In some instances, 
such as death, disability, or retirement, stock may vest concurrently with or following an employee’s termination. PSU’s are eligible 
to vest at the end of the performance period, with performance based on the total return of our stock over the three-year performance 
period against a peer group within the S&P 600 Capital Goods Index, while the RSU’s and RS’s vest based on the passage of time 
since grant date. PSU’s, RSU’s, and RS’s that do not vest within the applicable vesting period are forfeited.

We grant RSU’s or RS’s to non-employee directors under the 2006 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (the 
“Directors’ Plan”) and the 2002 Stock Compensation Plan. Under the Directors’ Plan, up to 0.027 shares of our common stock 
were available for grant at December 31, 2018. The 2018, 2017 and 2016 grants to non-employee directors generally vest over a 
one-year  vesting  period,  with  the  2018  grants  scheduled  to  vest  in  their  entirety  immediately  prior  to  the  annual  meeting  of 
stockholders in May 2019.

Stock options may be granted to key employees in the form of incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. The 
option price per share may be no less than the fair market value of our common stock at the close of business the day prior to the 
date of grant. Upon exercise, the employee has the option to surrender previously owned shares at current value in payment of 
the exercise price and/or for withholding tax obligations.

The recognition of compensation expense for share-based awards, including stock options, is based on their grant date fair 
values. The fair value of each award is amortized over the lesser of the award’s requisite or derived service period, which is 
generally up to three years. Compensation expense within income from continuing operations related to PSU’s, RSU’s, RS’s and 
stock options totaled $11.6, $12.0 and $12.7 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, with the related 
tax benefit being $2.8, $4.6 and $4.8 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

During  2018,  2017,  and  2016  long-term  cash  awards  were  granted  to  executive  officers  and  other  members  of  senior 
management. These awards are eligible to vest at the end of a three-year performance measurement period, with performance 

101

based  on  our  achievement  of  a  target  segment  income  amount  over  the three-year  measurement  period.  Long-term  incentive 
compensation expense for 2018, 2017, and 2016 included $3.9, $3.8 and $1.0, respectively associated with long-term cash awards. 

We use the Monte Carlo simulation model valuation technique to determine fair value of our restricted stock awards that 
contain a market condition (i.e., the PSU’s). The Monte Carlo simulation model utilizes multiple input variables that determine 
the probability of satisfying the market condition stipulated in the award and calculates the fair value of each PSU. We issued 
PSU’s to eligible participants on February 22, 2018,  March 1, 2017, and March 2, 2016.  We used the following assumptions in 
determining the fair value of these awards:

February 22, 2018

SPX Corporation

Peer group within S&P 600 Capital Goods Index
March 1, 2017

SPX Corporation
Peer group within S&P 600 Capital Goods Index
March 2, 2016

SPX Corporation

Peer group within S&P 600 Capital Goods Index

Annual 
Expected
Stock Price
Volatility

Annual 
Expected
Dividend Yield

Risk-Free
Interest Rate

42.25%

34.99%

41.03%
34.49%

36.91%

32.94%

—%

n/a

—%
n/a

—%

n/a

2.38%

2.38%

1.52%
1.52%

0.97%

0.97%

Correlation
Between Total
Shareholder
Return for SPX
and the
Applicable
S&P Index

0.3267

0.3685

0.3354

Annual expected stock price volatility is based on the three-year historical volatility. There is no annual expected dividend 
yield as we discontinued dividend payments in 2015 and do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The average 
risk-free interest rate is based on the one-year through three-year daily treasury yield curve rate as of the grant date.

The following table summarizes the PSU, RSU, and RS activity from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2018:

December 31, 2015

Granted

Vested
Forfeited

December 31, 2016

Granted 

Vested

Forfeited

December 31, 2017

Granted 

Vested

Forfeited

December 31, 2018

Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date 
Fair
Value Per 
Share

17.63

13.97

10.32
20.46

16.47

28.22

18.17

20.83

17.41

33.69

15.39

22.35

24.65

Unvested
PSU’s, RSU’s,
and RS’s

1.869

$

0.423
(0.528)
(0.062)
1.702

0.252
(0.483)
(0.241)
1.230

0.211
(0.753)
(0.036)
0.652

$

As of December 31, 2018, there was $5.7 of unrecognized compensation cost related to PSU’s, RSU’s and RS’s. We expect 

this cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.7 years.

102

Stock Options

On  February  22,  2018,    March  1,  2017  and  March  2,  2016,  we  granted  stock  options  totaling  0.184,  0.208  and  0.505, 
respectively.  The exercise price per share of these options is $32.69, $27.40 and $12.85, respectively, and the maximum contractual 
term of these options is ten years.

The fair value of each stock option granted on February 22, 2018, March 1, 2017 and March 2, 2016 was $11.66, $9.60 and 
$4.11, respectively. The fair value of each option grant was estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following 
assumptions:

Annual expected stock price volatility
Annual expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life of stock option (in years)

February 22,
2018

March 1,
2017

March 2,
2016

31.14%
—%
2.75%
6.0

32.00%
—%
2.14%
6.0

30.06%
—%
1.50%
6.0

Annual expected stock price volatility for the February 22, 2018, March 1, 2017 and March 2, 2016 grant were based on a 
weighted average of SPX’s stock volatility since the Spin-Off and an average of the most recent six-year historical volatility of a 
peer company group. There is no annual expected dividend yield as we discontinued dividend payments in 2015 and do not expect 
to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The average risk-free interest rate is based on the five-year and seven-year treasury 
constant maturity rates. The expected option life is based on a three-year pro-rata vesting schedule and represents the period of 
time that awards are expected to be outstanding.

The following table shows stock option activity from December 31, 2015 through December 31, 2018. 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015

Granted

Options outstanding at December 31, 2016

Exercised

Forfeited

Granted

Options outstanding at December 31, 2017

Exercised

Forfeited

Granted
Options outstanding at December 31, 2018

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise
Price

12.91

12.85

12.89

20.67

14.45

27.40

14.67

13.89

23.17

32.69
16.58

Shares

1.047

$

0.505

1.552
(0.125)
(0.027)
0.208

1.608
(0.064)
(0.010)
0.184
1.718

$

As  of  December 31,  2018,  1.242  of  the  above  stock  options  were  exercisable  and  there  was  $1.4  of  unrecognized 
compensation cost related to the outstanding stock options. We expect this cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period 
of 1.9 years.

103

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 

2018 were as follows:

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment

Net Unrealized
Gains on
Qualifying
Cash
Flow
Hedges(1)

Pension and
Postretirement
Liability 
Adjustment
and Other(2)

Total

Balance at December 31, 2017

$

230.2

$

0.8

$

19.1

$

250.1

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications 

(4.4)

(1.8)

(1.0)

(7.2)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income:

Impact of initial adoption of ASC 606 - See Note
3
Stranded income tax effects resulting from tax
reform - See Note 3

Commodity contracts and amortization of prior
service credits - See below

—

—

—

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance at December 31, 2018

(4.4)
225.8

$

$

___________________________________________________________________

(0.3)

0.2

0.5

(1.4)
(0.6) $

—

4.6

(3.0)

0.6

19.7

$

(0.3)

4.8

(2.5)

(5.2)
244.9

(1)  Net of tax (provision) benefit of $0.2 and $(0.5) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(2)     Net of tax provision of $6.6 and $12.5 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The balances as of December 31, 

2018 and 2017 include unamortized prior service credits.

The changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 

2017 were as follows:

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment 

Net Unrealized
Losses on
Qualifying
Cash
Flow
Hedges(3)

Pension and
Postretirement
Liability 
Adjustment
and Other(1)(4)

Total

Balance at December 31, 2016

$

229.7

$

1.5

$

3.9

$

235.1

Other comprehensive income before 
reclassifications (1)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income (2)

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

0.5

—

0.5

Balance at December 31, 2017

$

230.2

$

___________________________________________________________________

2.3

(3.0)

(0.7)
0.8

$

16.3

(1.1)

15.2

19.1

$

19.1

(4.1)

15.0

250.1

(1) 

 As indicated in Note 10, we reduced our unfunded liability related to postretirement benefits and increased “Accumulated 
other comprehensive income” (before tax) by $26.8.

(2)  As indicated in Note 13, we discontinued hedge accounting for our Swaps resulting in a reclassification from “Accumulated 

other comprehensive income” (before tax) of $2.7.

(3)  Net of tax provision of $0.5 and $0.9 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

(4)  Net of tax provision of $12.5 and $2.7 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The balances as of December 

31, 2017 and 2016 include unamortized prior service credits.

104

The following summarizes amounts reclassified from each component of accumulated comprehensive income for the years 

ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

Affected
Line Items
in the
Consolidated Statements of
Operations

Amount
Reclassified
from
AOCI

Year ended
December 31,

2018

2017

(Gains) losses on qualifying cash flow hedges:

Commodity contracts

Swaps

Swaps

Pre-tax

Income taxes

$

$

Pension and postretirement items:

Amortization of unrecognized prior service credits - Pre-tax $

Income taxes

$

0.7

$

—

—

0.7
(0.2)
0.5

$

(4.2) $
1.2
(3.0) $

(2.5) Cost of products sold
0.3
Interest expense
(2.7) Other expense, net
(4.9)
1.9
(3.0)

(1.8) Other expense, net
0.7
(1.1)

Common Stock in Treasury

As described above, in 2016, we retired 50.0 shares or $2,948.1 of “Common stock in treasury.” In addition, during the years 
ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, “Common stock in treasury” was decreased by the settlement of restricted stock units 
issued from treasury stock of $27.6, $16.9 and $17.9, respectively. 

Preferred Stock

None of our 3.0 shares of authorized no par value preferred stock was outstanding at December 31, 2018, 2017 or 2016.

(16) 

Fair Value

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for the identical assets or liabilities, such measurements 
involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information consistent 
with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs 
reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. Preference is 
given to observable inputs. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar 
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose 
significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3 — Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.

There were no changes during the periods presented to the valuation techniques we use to measure asset and liability fair 
values on a recurring basis. There were no transfers between the three levels of the fair value hierarchy for the periods presented.

Valuation Methodologies Used to Measure Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Parent Guarantees and Bonds Associated with Balcke Dürr — As indicated in Note 4, in connection with the sale of Balcke 
Dürr, existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds, which totaled approximately Euro 79.0 and Euro 79.0, 
respectively, at the time of sale (and Euro 31.7 and Euro 21.8, respectively, at December 31, 2018), will remain in place through 

105

each  instrument’s  expiration  date,  with  such  expiration  dates  occurring  through  2022.  These  guarantees  and  bonds  provide 
protections for Balcke Dürr customers in regard to advance payments, performance, and warranties on projects in existence at the 
time of sale. In addition, certain bonds relate to lease obligations and foreign tax matters in existence at the time of sale. Balcke 
Dürr and the Buyer have provided us an indemnity in the event that any of these bonds are called.  Also, at the time of sale, Balcke 
Dürr  provided  cash  collateral  of  Euro  4.0  and  mutares AG  provided  a  guarantee  of  Euro  5.0  as  a  security  for  the  above 
indemnifications (Euro 3.0 and Euro 5.0, respectively, at December 31, 2018). Summarized below are the liability (related to the 
parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds) and asset (related to the cash collateral and guarantee provided by mutares 
AG) recorded at the time of sale, along with the change in the liability and the asset during 2018 and 2017.

Twelve months ended

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2017

Guarantees and 
Bonds Liability (1)
8.7
$
(4.1)
(0.2)
4.4

$

$

$

Indemnification 
Assets (1)

2.8
(1.5)
(0.1)
1.2

Guarantees and 
Bonds Liability (1)
9.9
$
(2.5)
1.3
8.7

$

$

$

Indemnification 
Assets (1)

4.8
(2.6)
0.6
2.8

Balance at beginning of year
Reduction/Amortization for the period (2)
Impact of changes in foreign currency rates
Balance at end of period (3)

___________________________

(1) 

In connection with the sale, we estimated the fair value of the existing parent company guarantees and bank and surety bonds considering 
the probability of default by Balcke Dürr and an estimate of the amount we would be obligated to pay in the event of a default. 
Additionally, we estimated the fair value of the cash collateral provided by Balcke Dürr and the guarantee provided by mutares AG 
based on the terms and conditions and relative risk associated with each of these securities (unobservable inputs - Level 3). 

(2)  We reduce the liability generally at the earlier of the completion of the related underlying project milestones or the expiration of the 
guarantees or bonds. We amortize the asset based on the expiration terms of each of the securities. We record the reduction of the 
liability and the amortization of the asset to “Other expense, net.”

(3)  Balance associated with the guarantees and bonds is reflected within “Other long-term liabilities,” while the balance associated with 

the indemnification assets is reflected within “Other assets.”

The net loss recorded at the time of sale of $78.6 included a charge of $5.1 associated with the estimated fair value of the 
guarantees  and  bonds,  after  consideration  of  the  cash  collateral  and  guarantee  provided  by  Balcke  Dürr  and  mutares AG, 
respectively. 

Goodwill, Indefinite-Lived Intangible and Other Long-Lived Assets — Certain of our non-financial assets are subject to 
impairment analysis, including long-lived assets, indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill. We review the carrying amounts 
of such assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable or at least 
annually for indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill. Any resulting asset impairment would require that the instrument be 
recorded at its fair value. As of December 31, 2018, we did not have any significant non-financial assets or liabilities that are 
required to be measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis.

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016,  we  concluded  that  the  carrying  value  of  our  Heat Transfer  business’s  definite-lived 
intangible assets (customer relationships and technology) may not be recoverable. As a result, we performed an impairment analysis 
on such assets. Based on such analysis, we determined that the fair values of these assets were less than their respective carrying 
values, resulting in an aggregate impairment charge of $23.9. The fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset was 
based on the estimated future cash flows of the asset, discounted at a rate of return that reflected the relative risk of the cash flows 
(unobservable inputs - Level 3). The fair values for the technology intangible assets were based on applying estimated royalty 
rates to projected revenues associated with the assets, discounted at a rate of return that reflected the relative risk of the revenues 
and current market conditions (unobservable inputs - Level 3).

We perform our annual trademarks impairment testing during the fourth quarter, or on a more frequent basis if there are 
indications  of  potential  impairment. The  fair  values  of  our  trademarks  are  determined  by  applying  estimated  royalty  rates  to 
projected revenues, with the resulting amount discounted at a rate of return that reflects the relative risk of the revenues and current 
market conditions (fair value based on unobservable inputs - Level 3, as defined above). Based on our annual impairment testing 
during the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded an impairment charge associated with Heat Transfer’s trademarks of $2.2. In 
addition, we recorded impairment charges of $4.0 during the first quarter of 2016 associated with Heat Transfer’s trademarks.

106

Valuation Methodologies Used to Measure Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Derivative Financial Instruments — Our financial derivative assets and liabilities include interest rate swaps, FX forward 
contracts, FX embedded derivatives and commodity contracts, valued using valuation models based on observable market inputs 
such as forward rates, interest rates, our own credit risk and the credit risk of our counterparties, which comprise investment-grade 
financial institutions. Based on these inputs, the derivative assets and liabilities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation 
hierarchy. We have not made any adjustments to the inputs obtained from the independent sources. Based on our continued ability 
to enter into forward contracts, we consider the markets for our fair value instruments active. We primarily use the income approach, 
which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount.

As of December 31, 2018, there had been no significant impact to the fair value of our derivative liabilities due to our own 
credit risk, as the related instruments are collateralized under our senior credit facilities. Similarly, there had been no significant 
impact to the fair value of our derivative assets based on our evaluation of our counterparties’ credit risks.

Equity Security - As indicated in Note 3, during 2018, we adopted an amendment to guidance that requires, among other 
things, equity securities (excluding equity method investments) to be measured at fair value.  In connection with our adoption, 
we adjusted the carrying value of an equity security, previously reflected on our consolidated balance sheet within (“Other assets”) 
at its historical cost of $0.7, to its estimated fair value of $16.6.  We determined the estimated fair value utilizing a practical 
expedient under the amended guidance, with such estimated fair value based on our ownership percentage applied to the net asset 
value of the investee as presented in the investee’s most recent audited financial statements.  As previously indicated, the increase 
in the equity security’s carrying value resulted in a reduction, net of tax, of our retained deficit of $12.0.  Future changes in fair 
value associated with this equity security will be recognized in “Other expense, net.”  We are restricted from transferring this 
investment without approval of the manager of the investee.

Indebtedness  —  The  estimated  fair  value  of  our  debt  instruments  as  of  December 31,  2018  and  December 31,  2017 

approximated the related carrying values due primarily to the variable market-based interest rates for such instruments.

(17) 

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

Operating revenues (1)
Gross profit (1)
Income (loss) from continuing operations, 
net of tax (2)
Income (loss) from discontinued 
operations, net of tax (3)

First (4)

Second (4)

Third (4)

Fourth (4)

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

2018

2017

$

351.9

$

340.6

$

379.2

$

349.7

$

362.5

$

348.5

$

445.0

$

387.0

90.1

12.4

—

88.1

10.3

7.1

97.7

19.7

3.3

76.1

87.7

85.1

135.2

(8.3)

6.8

22.0

39.3

80.9

60.0

(0.7)

(0.2)

0.3

(0.1)

(1.4)

Net income (loss)

$

12.4

$

17.4

$

23.0

$

(9.0) $

6.6

$

22.3

$

39.2

$

58.6

Basic income (loss) per share of common
stock:

Continuing operations, net of tax

Discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

Diluted income (loss) per share of common
stock:

Continuing operations, net of tax

Discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income (loss)

$

$

$

$

0.29

—

0.29

0.28

—

0.28

$

$

$

$

0.24

0.17

0.41

0.24

0.16

0.40

$

$

$

$

0.46

0.08

0.54

0.44

0.07

0.51

$

$

$

$

(0.19) $

0.16

(0.02)

(0.01)

(0.21) $

0.15

(0.19) $

0.15

(0.02)

—

(0.21) $

0.15

$

$

$

$

0.51

0.01

0.52

0.50

0.01

0.51

$

$

$

$

0.91

(0.01)

0.90

0.88

—

0.88

$

$

$

$

1.41

(0.03)

1.38

1.35

(0.03)

1.32

___________________________________________________________________

Note:    The sum of the quarters’ income per share may not equal the full year per share amounts.

(1)  During the third quarter of 2018, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs, associated with our large power 
projects in South Africa.  These revisions resulted in a charge to “Income (loss) from continuing operations before 
income taxes” of $4.7, which is comprised of a reduction in revenue of $2.7 and an increase in cost of products sold 
of $2.0.  

107

During the second and fourth quarters of 2017, we revised our estimates of revenues and costs associated with the 
above projects. These revisions resulted in charges to “Income (loss) from continuing operations before income 
taxes” of $22.9 and $29.9, respectively, which is comprised of reductions in revenue of $13.5 and $23.4, respectively, 
and increases in cost of products sold of $9.4 and $6.5, respectively, in the second and fourth quarters of 2017. See 
Notes 6 and 14 for additional details.

(2)  During the third quarter of 2017, in connection with a favorable legal ruling, we reduced our unfunded liability 

related to postretirement benefits resulting in a pre-tax gain of $2.6. See Note 10 for additional details.

During the third quarter of 2017, we settled a contract that had been suspended and then ultimately cancelled by a 
customer of our Heat Transfer business, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $10.2. 

During the fourth quarter of 2018 and 2017, we recognized pre-tax actuarial losses of $6.6 and $4.2, respectively, 
associated with our pension and postretirement benefit plans. See Note 10 for additional details.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recognized an income tax benefit of $77.6 for a worthless stock deduction in 
the U.S. associated with our investment in a South African subsidiary. See Note 11 for additional details.

During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded a provisional net charge of $11.8 associated with the impact of the 
new corporate tax regulations that were enacted in the U.S.. See Note 11 for additional details.

(3)      During the first quarter of 2017, we reduced the net loss on the sale of Balcke Dürr by $7.2.

During the second quarter of 2017, we increased the net loss on the sale of Balcke Dürr by $0.4.

During the second quarter of 2018, we reached an agreement with the buyer of Balcke Dürr on the amount of cash 
and working capital at the closing date, as well as various other matters.  The agreement resulted in a net gain of 
$3.8.

See Note 4 for additional details on the above transactions.

(4)     We establish actual interim closing dates using a fiscal calendar, which requires our businesses to close their books 
on the Saturday closest to the end of the first calendar quarter, with the second and third quarters being 91 days in 
length. Our fourth quarter ends on December 31. The interim closing dates for the first, second and third quarters of 
2018 were March 31, June 30 and September 29, compared to the respective April 1, July 1 and September 30, 2017 
dates. This practice only affects the quarterly reporting periods and not the annual reporting period. We had one less 
day in the first quarter of 2018 and one more day in the fourth quarter of 2018 than in the respective 2017 periods. 

(18) 

Subsequent Event

On February 1, 2019, we completed the acquisition of Sabik Marine, a manufacturer of obstruction lighting products, 
from Carmanah Technologies Corporation for cash proceeds of $77.0.  The post-acquisition operating results of Sabik Marine 
will be reflected in our Detection and Measurement reportable segment, beginning in the first quarter of 2019.

108

ITEM 9. Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures

SPX  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b), as of December 31, 2018. Based 
on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures 
are effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal 
control  framework  and  processes  were  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  management  and  the  Board  of  Directors 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes 
in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

• 

• 

• 

  Pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of our assets;

 Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded properly to allow for the preparation of financial statements 
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only 
in accordance with authorizations of our management and the Board of Directors; and

 Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition 
of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance 
and  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Further,  because  of  changing  conditions,  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over 
financial reporting may vary over time.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and concluded that, as of December 
31,  2018,  such  internal  control  was  effective  at  the  reasonable  assurance  level  described  above.  In  making  this  assessment, 
management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) 
in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013).

Management excluded from its assessment of  internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, the internal 
control over financial reporting of Cues, Inc. (“Cues”) which was acquired on June 7, 2018. This exclusion is consistent with 
guidance issued by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that an assessment of a recently acquired business may be 
omitted from the scope of management's report on internal control over financial reporting in the year of acquisition. Cues’ total 
assets  represented  approximately  9%  of  our  consolidated  total  assets  as  of  December  31,  2018  and  its  revenues  represented 
approximately 3% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. See a discussion of this acquisition in 
Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has been audited by Deloitte & 

Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report included in this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the evaluation by SPX management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(d), no changes during the quarter ended 
December 31, 2018 were identified that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control 
over financial reporting.    

109

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of SPX Corporation

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of SPX Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, of the Company and our report 
dated February 15, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

As  described  in  “Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting”,  management  excluded  from  its 
assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Cues, Inc. (“Cues”), which was acquired on June 7, 2018. Cues’ financial 
statements represented approximately 9% of consolidated total assets and approximately 3% of consolidated revenues as of and 
for the year ended December 31, 2018. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Cues.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent 
with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all 
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions 
of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina 

February 15, 2019

110

Not applicable.

ITEM 9B. Other Information

111

P A R T    I I I

ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

a) 

Directors of the company.

This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 

heading “Election of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.

b) 

Executive Officers of the company.

Eugene  J.  Lowe,  III,  50,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Directors  since 
September 2015. Mr. Lowe joined SPX in 2008, was appointed an officer of the company in December 2014, and previously 
served  as  President,  Thermal  Equipment  and  Services  from  February 2013  to  September 2015,  President,  Global 
Evaporative  Cooling  from  March 2010  to  February 2013,  and  Vice  President  of  Global  Business  Development  and 
Marketing, Thermal Equipment and Services from June 2008 to March 2010. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Lowe held positions 
with Milliken & Company, Lazard Technology Partners, Bain & Company, and Andersen Consulting.

Scott W. Sproule, 49, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since September 2015. Mr. Sproule joined 
SPX  in  2005,  was  appointed  an  officer  of  the  company  in  September 2015,  and  previously  served  as  CFO, Thermal 
Equipment and Services from December 2014 to September 2015, Vice President and CFO, Flow Power & Energy from 
September 2013  to  November 2014,  CFO,  Flow  Technology  from  May 2012  to  September 2013,  Vice  President  of 
Corporate Finance from July 2009 to May 2012, CFO, Test and Measurement from August 2007 to July 2009, and Assistant 
Corporate Controller from August 2005 to August 2007. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Sproule held positions with Corning 
Incorporated, Eastman Kodak Company, and PricewaterhouseCoopers.

J. Randall Data, 53, President, South Africa and Global Operations since August 2015 and was appointed an officer of 
the company in September 2015. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Data spent over 27 years with The Babcock & Wilcox Company. 
Most recently, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Babcock & Wilcox Power Generation Group, Inc., a 
subsidiary of The Babcock & Wilcox Company, from April 2012 to July 2015. While at The Babcock & Wilcox Company, 
Mr. Data held numerous leadership positions in the global operations of the steam generating and environmental equipment 
businesses.

Brian G. Mason, 53, President, Transformer Solutions since January 2015 and was appointed an officer of the company 
in January 2017. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Mason spent over 14 years with Emerson Electric. Most recently, he was 
President, Emerson Connectivity Solutions, from March 2004 to July 2014, and President, Cinch Connectivity Solutions, 
from July 2014 to December 2014, having led the divestiture of Emerson Connectivity Solutions and its integration with 
Cinch  Connectors/Bel  Fuse.  While  at  Emerson  Electric,  Mr. Mason  held  leadership  positions  in  various  technology-
oriented businesses. He has also held leadership roles at General Cable, Winegard, and General Electric.

John W. Nurkin, 49, Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since September 2015. Mr. Nurkin joined SPX in 
2005, was appointed an officer of the company in September 2015, and previously served as Segment General Counsel, 
Industrial Products and Services and Corporate Commercial from September 2013 to September 2015, Vice President of 
New  Venture  Development  and Assistant  General  Counsel  from  January 2011  to  September 2013,  Segment  General 
Counsel, Industrial Products and Services from January 2007 to January 2011, and Group General Counsel, Industrial 
Products and Services from October 2005 to January 2007. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Nurkin was a partner at the law firm 
of Moore & Van Allen.

John W. Swann, III, 48, President, Weil-McLain and Marley Engineered Products since August 2013 and President, 
Radiodetection  since  September 2015.  Mr.  Swann  joined  SPX  in  2004,  was  appointed  an  officer  of  the  company  in 
September 2015, and previously served as President, Hydraulic Technologies from January 2011 to August 2013, Vice 
President of New Venture Development from February 2010 to January 2011, and Director of Business Development from 
August 2004 to February 2010. Prior to joining SPX, Mr. Swann held positions with PricewaterhouseCoopers and Andersen 
Business Consulting.

NaTausha H. White, 47, Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since April 2015 and was appointed an 
officer of the company in September 2015. Ms. White returned to SPX in April 2015 after serving as the Vice President 
of Human Resources for Integrated Network Solutions at Harris Corporation from June 2013 to April 2015. Prior to that, 
she was responsible for the Human Resources function at SPX’s Global Evaporative Cooling business from July 2012 to 
June 2013. From 2006 to 2012, she served in various human resources leadership positions within United Technologies 
Corporation. Ms. White began her career at Georgia-Pacific Corporation, spending 12 years in a variety of human resource 
management roles.

112

c) 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.

This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
heading “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

d) 

Code of Ethics.

This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
heading “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

e) 

Information regarding our Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee is set forth in our definitive 
proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings “Corporate Governance” and “Board 
Committees” and is incorporated herein by reference.

113

This information is  included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 

headings “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. Executive Compensation

ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters

This information is  included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the 
headings “Ownership of Common Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading 

“Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

This information is included in our definitive proxy statement for the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading 

“Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Public Accountants” and is incorporated herein by reference.

114

P A R T    I V

ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

1. 

2. 

3. 

All financial statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 47 of this Form 10-K.

Financial Statement Schedules. None required. See page 47 of this Form 10-K.

Exhibits. See Index to Exhibits.

115

We have chosen not to include an optional summary of the information required by this Form 10-K. For a reference to the 

information in this Form 10-K, investors should refer to the Table of Contents to this Form 10-K.

ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary

116

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 

this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on this 15th day of February, 2019.

SIGNATURES

SPX CORPORATION
(Registrant)
By

/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE

Scott W. Sproule
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on this 15th day of February, 2019.

/s/ EUGENE J. LOWE, III

Eugene J. Lowe, III
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE

Scott W. Sproule
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

/s/ PATRICK J. O’LEARY

Patrick J. O’Leary
Director

/s/ DAVID A. ROBERTS

David A. Roberts
Director

/s/ ROBERT B. TOTH

Robert B. Toth
Director

/s/ MICHAEL A. REILLY

Michael A. Reilly
Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President, 
Finance, and Corporate Controller

/s/ RICKY D. PUCKETT

Ricky D. Puckett
Director

/s/ RUTH G. SHAW

Ruth G. Shaw
Director

/s/ TANA L. UTLEY

Tana L. Utley
Director

117

Item No.

Description

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

2.1 — Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2015, by and between SPX 

FLOW, Inc. and SPX Corporation, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on September 28, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

3.1 — Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly 

Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2002 (File no. 1-6948).

3.2 — Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated herein by reference from our 

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

3.3 — By-Laws as amended and restated effective February 20, 2013, incorporated herein by reference from our 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2013 (File no. 1-6948).

10.1 — Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of the whole of the issued share capital of 
Clyde Union (Holdings), dated August 24, 2011, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2011 (File no. 1-6948).

10.2 — Deed of Amendment to the Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of the whole of 

the issued share capital of Clyde Union (Holdings), dated November 1, 2011, incorporated herein by 
reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (File no. 1-6948).

10.3 — Deed of Amendment to the Share Purchase Agreement relating to the sale and purchase of the whole of 

the issued share capital of Clyde Union (Holdings), dated December 22, 2011 incorporated herein by 
reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 2011 (File 
no. 1-6948).

10.4 — Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between SPX Corporation and Robert Bosch GmbH, dated as of 

January 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarter ended March 31, 2012 (File no. 1-6948).

10.5 — Amendment No. 1 to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between SPX Corporation and Robert 

Bosch GmbH, dated as of October 26, 2012, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on December 3, 2012 (File no. 1-6948).

10.6 — Amendment No. 2 to Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between SPX Corporation and Robert 

Bosch GmbH, dated as of November 27, 2012, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on December 3, 2012 (File no. 1-6948).

10.7 — Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2016, by and among SPX Cooling Technologies 
Leipzig GmbH, Marley Cooling Tower (Holdings) Limited, and SPX Mauritius Ltd. (collectively, the 
“Sellers,” and each a “Seller”), and mutares Holding-24 AG (“Purchaser”), and, as parent guarantor, 
mutares AG incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on January 6, 2017 
(File no. 1-6948).

10.8 — Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 22, 2018 by and among SPX Corporation, SPX PoolCo 
2018, Inc., and ELXSI Corporation incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on April 23, 2018 (File No. 1-6948).

10.9 — Transition Services Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2015, by and between SPX FLOW, Inc. and 
SPX Corporation, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 
28, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

10.10 — Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2015, by and between SPX FLOW, Inc. and SPX 
Corporation, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 28, 
2015 (File no. 1-6948).

10.11 — Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2015, by and between SPX FLOW, Inc. and 
SPX Corporation, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 
28, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

10.12 — Trademark License Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2015, by and between SPX FLOW, Inc. and 
SPX Corporation, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 
28, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

10.13 — Credit Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2015, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign Subsidiary 

Borrowers party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Deutsche Bank AG 
Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade Facility Agent, and the other agents and lenders party 
thereto, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 2, 2015 (File 
no. 1-6948).

118

 
10.14 — First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2017, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign 

Subsidiary Borrowers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG 
Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade Facility Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as 
Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 
22, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

10.15 — Second Amendment to Credit Agreement and Amendment to Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated 

as of December 19, 2017, among SPX Corporation, the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers, the Subsidiary 
Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG Deutschlandgeschäft Branch, as Foreign Trade 
Facility Agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference from our 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 20, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.16 — SPX Corporation 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan, as amended and restated 

December 17, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.17 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation 1997 Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan, incorporated 
herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File 
no. 1-6948).

*10.18 — SPX Corporation 2006 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference 

to Appendix E of our definitive proxy statement for our 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed 
April 3, 2006 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.19 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation 2006 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated 

herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 (File 
no. 1-6948).

*10.20 — Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2006 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock 

Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2010 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.21 — 2002 Stock Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective May 3, 2012), incorporated herein 

by reference to Appendix A of our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders, filed March 22, 2012 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.22 — SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective May 8, 2015), 
incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of our definitive proxy statement for our 2015 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders, filed March 26, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.23 —

Amendment of the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated 
Effective May 8, 2015), effective as of February 21, 2017, incorporated herein by reference from our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.24 — Form of Time-based Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the SPX 

Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2013 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.25 — Form of Performance-based Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 

Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 4, 2013 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.26 — Form of Internal Performance-based Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 

Compensation Plan, approved in 2013, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2013 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.27 — Form of External Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 

Compensation Plan, approved in 2013, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2013 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.28 — Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the SPX 

Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2014 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.29 — Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 

Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
December 30, 2014 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.30 — Form of Stock Option Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, 

incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2014 (File 
no. 1-6948).

*10.31 — Form of Time Based Restricted Stock Agreement Award for Non-Employee Directors under the SPX 

Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 28, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

119

*10.32 — Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 
Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 
26, 2016 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.33 — Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 

Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 
26, 2016 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.34 — Form of Cash-Settled Performance Unit Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock 

Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 
26, 2016 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.35 — Form of Stock Option Agreement under the SPX Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, 

incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2016 (File no. 
1-6948).

*10.36 — Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the SPX 

Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.37 — SPX Corporation Executive Annual Bonus Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Appendix A of the 

Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, filed April 12, 2016 
(File no. 1-6948).

*10.38 — SPX Corporation Executive Long-Term Disability Plan, as Amended and Restated Effective July 1, 2015, 
incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.39 — SPX Corporation Life Insurance Plan for Key Managers, as Amended and Restated September 26, 2015, 
incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.40 — SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan, as Amended and Restated May 31, 2008, 

incorporated herein by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 28, 
2008 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.41 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (as Amended and Restated 
May 31, 2008), effective December 31, 2010, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.42 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (as Amended and Restated 
May 31, 2008), effective March 10, 2014, incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2014 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.43 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (as Amended and Restated 

May 31, 2008), effective May 7, 2015,  incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.44 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (as Amended and Restated 
May 31, 2008), effective September 25, 2015, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.45 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Savings Plan (as Amended and Restated 
May 31, 2008), effective December 18, 2017, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report 
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.46 — SPX Corporation Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan, as amended and restated 

December 31, 2008, incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2008 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.47 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan (as amended and 

restated December 31, 2008), effective March 10, 2014, incorporated herein by reference from our 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2014 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.48 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Individual Account Retirement Plan (as amended and 

restated December 31, 2008), effective August 19, 2015, incorporated herein by reference from our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.49 — SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management, as amended and restated April 22, 

2009, incorporated herein by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
June 27, 2009 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.50 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management (as amended 

and restated April 22, 2009), effective March 10, 2014, incorporated herein by reference from our Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 3, 2014 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.51 — Amendment to the SPX Corporation Supplemental Retirement Plan for Top Management (as amended 
and restated April 22, 2009), effective September 26, 2015, incorporated herein by reference from our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (File no. 1-6948).

120

*10.52 — Form of SPX Corporation Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement for Executive Officers, 

incorporated herein by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 6, 2006 (File 
no. 1-6948).

*10.53 — Form of SPX Corporation Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement for Executive Officers, 

incorporated herein by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2016 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.54 — Form of Severance Benefit Agreement, incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K 

filed on October 1, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.55 — Form of Change of Control Agreement with SPX Corporation, incorporated by reference from our 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

*10.56 — Employment Agreement between Eugene Joseph Lowe, III and SPX Corporation, incorporated by 

reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).
*10.57 — Change of Control Agreement between Eugene Joseph Lowe, III and SPX Corporation, incorporated by 
reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2015 (File no. 1-6948).

21.1 — Subsidiaries.
23.1 — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Deloitte & Touche LLP.
31.1 — Rule 13a-14(a) Certification.
31.2 — Rule 13a-14(a) Certification.
32.1 — Section 1350 Certifications.
101.1 — SPX Corporation financial information from its Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018,
formatted in XBRL, including: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for
the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016; (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2018 and 2017; (iv)  Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended December 31,
2018, 2017 and 2016; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
2018, 2017 and 2016; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

__________________________________________________________________

* 

Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

121

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statement  Nos.   333-24043,  333-29843,  333-38443, 
333-29857,  333-29851,  333-29855,  333-61766,  333-69250,  333-69252,  333-70245,  333-82645,  333-82647, 
333-106897, 333-109112, 333-139351, 333-139352, 333-186817, and 333-206695 all on Form S-8 of our reports dated 
February 15,  2019,  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  SPX  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
"Company"), and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2018.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

February 15, 2019
Charlotte, North Carolina

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Eugene J. Lowe, III, certify that:

Certification

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over 
financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. 

b. 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 15, 2019

/s/ EUGENE J. LOWE, III

President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Scott W. Sproule, certify that:

Certification

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of SPX Corporation;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material 
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present 
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the 
periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

a. 

b. 

c. 

d. 

designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) 
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over 
financial reporting; and

5. 

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control 
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or 
persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. 

b. 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role 
in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 15, 2019

/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

The  following  statement  is  being  made  to  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  solely  for  purposes  of 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350), which carries with it certain criminal penalties in the event 
of a knowing or willful misrepresentation.

EXHIBIT 32.1

Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F. Street N.E.
Washington, DC 20549

Re: SPX Corporation

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Section 906  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of  2002  (18  U.S.C.  1350),  each  of  the 

undersigned hereby certifies that:

(i) 

(ii) 

this Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the year ended December 31, 2018, fully complies with the requirements 
of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of SPX Corporation.

Dated as of this 15th day of February, 2019.

/s/ EUGENE J. LOWE, III
Eugene J. Lowe, III
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ SCOTT W. SPROULE
Scott W. Sproule
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer

O F F I C E R S

JOHN W. 
SWANN, III
President, 
Heating and 
Location & 
Inspection

NATAUSHA H. 
WHITE
Vice President 
and Chief Human 
Resources 
Officer

SCOTT W. 
SPROULE
Vice President, 
Chief Financial  
Officer and 
Treasurer

EUGENE J. 
LOWE, III
President and  
Chief Executive 
Officer

JOHN W. 
NURKIN
Vice President, 
General 
Counsel and 
Secretary

J. RANDALL 
DATA
President, 
Global 
Operations and 
South Africa

BRIAN G. 
MASON
President, 
Transformer 
Solutions

D I R E C T O R S

EUGENE J.  
LOWE, III
President and  
Chief Executive 
Officer,  
SPX Corporation

TANA L.  
UTLEY
Vice President  
of Large Power 
Systems Division, 
Caterpillar Inc.

DAVID A. 
ROBERTS
Compensation 
Committee Chair
Chairman of the 
Board and Retired 
Executive Chairman, 
President and  
Chief Executive 
Officer, Carlisle 
Companies, Inc.

PATRICK J. 
O’LEARY
Chairman
Retired Executive 
Vice President, 
Finance, 
Treasurer and 
Chief Financial 
Officer, SPX 
Corporation

RICKY D. 
PUCKETT
Audit Committee 
Chair
Retired Executive 
Vice President, 
Chief Financial 
Officer, Treasurer 
and Chief 
Administrative 
Officer,  
Snyder’s-Lance, Inc.

ROBERT B.  
TOTH
Managing 
Director at 
CCMP Capital 
Advisors, LLC, 
Former Chief 
Executive 
Officer, Polypore 
International

RUTH G.  
SHAW
Nominating and 
Governance 
Committee Chair
Retired Group 
Executive for 
Public Policy and 
President of 
Duke Nuclear

CORPORATE INFORMATION

ANNUAL MEETING 
SPX Corporation’s Annual Meeting  
of Stockholders 
Thursday, May 9, 2019 
8:00 a.m. Eastern Time 
SPX Building 
13320 Ballantyne Corporate Place 
Charlotte, NC 28277

CORPORATE OFFICE 
SPX Corporation 
13320-A Ballantyne Corporate Place 
Charlotte, NC 28277, USA 
980-474-3700 | www.spx.com

TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR 
Computershare Investor Services 
PO Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233-5000 

Inside the United States:  
877-498-8861 
Outside the United States:  
781-575-2879 
TDD/TTY for hearing impaired:  
800-952-9245 
Operators are available Monday–
Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. 
Eastern Time.

An interactive automated system is 
available around the clock every day. 
www.computershare.com

AUDITORS 
Deloitte & Touche LLP 
Charlotte, NC

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
New York Stock Exchange Symbol 
“SPXC”

13320-A BALLANTYNE CORPORATE PLACE, CHARLOTTE, NC 28277 • USA

980-474-3700 • WWW.SPX.COM

S

P

X

C

O

R

P

O

R

A

T

I

O

N

2

0

1

8

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T